Tangents 10th Class Maths Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus

Students can Download Maths Chapter 7 Tangents Questions and Answers, Notes PDF, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Maths Chapter 7 Tangents Questions and Answers Malayalam Medium

SCERT 10th Standard Maths Textbook Chapter 7 Solutions Malayalam Medium

Hss Live Guru 10th Maths Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Maths Chapter 7 Malayalam Medium
Hsslive Guru 10th Maths Kerala Syllabus
Tangents Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

Class 10 Mathematics Tangents Kerala Scert Solutions
Sslc Maths Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus
Kerala 10th Maths Solutions

Hss Live Guru 10 Maths Kerala Syllabus
Hsslive Std 10 Maths Kerala Syllabus
Hsslive Guru Class 10 Maths Kerala Syllabus

Hss Live Guru Sslc Maths Kerala Syllabus
Kerala Class 10 Maths Solutions Kerala Syllabus
10th Maths Solution Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Maths Chapter 7 Notes Kerala Syllabus
Hsslive Guru Maths 10 Kerala Syllabus
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 16

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 17
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 18
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 19

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 20
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 21
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 22

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 23
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 24
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 25
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 26

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 27
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 28
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 30

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 31
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 32
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 33
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 34

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 35
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 36
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 37
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 38

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 39
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 40
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 41
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 42

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 43
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 44
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 45
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 46

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 47
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 48
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 49
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 50

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 51
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 52
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 53
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 54

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 55
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 56
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 57
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 58

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 59
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 60
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 61

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 62
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 63
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 7 Tangents in Malayalam 64

Magnetic Effect of Electric Current 10th Class Physics Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 2 Kerala Syllabus

Students can Download Physics Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Physics Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current Questions and Answers Malayalam Medium

SCERT 10th Standard Physics Textbook Chapter 2 Solutions Malayalam Medium

Sslc Physics Chapter 2 Notes Malayalam Medium

Sslc Physics Chapter 2 Malayalam Medium
10th Physics Chapter 2 Notes Malayalam
Sslc Physics Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium

Physics Class 10 Malayalam Medium Chapter 2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Chapter 2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Notes Malayalam Medium

Sslc Physics Chapter Wise Questions And Answers
Sslc Physics Malayalam Medium Kerala Syllabus
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics

10th Physics Text Book Questions And Answers
10th Physics Text Book Questions And Answers
Physics 10th Class Notes Kerala Syllabus
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 14

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 15
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 16
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 17
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 18

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 19
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 20
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 21

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 22
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 23
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 24
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 25

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 27
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 28

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 30
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 31

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 32
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 33
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 34
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 35

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 36
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 2 Magnetic Effect of Electric Current in Malayalam 37

Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds Notes Kerala Syllabus

You can Download Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Chemistry Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds Solutions

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
Complete stages 2, 3 and 4 in the respective order.
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Chemical Reactions Of Organic Compounds Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

The chemical formula calculator is particularly helpful for establishing the percentage of each element

Chemical Reactions Of Organic Compounds Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
What are the compounds formed when CH3-CH3 (ethane) undergoes substitution reaction with chlorine? Write them.
Chemistry Chapter 7 Test Answer:
CH3 – CH2 Cl, CH3 – CHCl2,
CH3 – CCl3, CH2Cl – CCl3,
CHCl3 – CCl3, CCl3 – CCl3

Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
Write down the structural formulae of ethane and ethene.
Answer:
CH3 – CH3 – Ethane
CH2 = CH2 – Ethene

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 7 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
What is the peculiarity of the Carbon- Carbon bond in ethene?
Answer:
In ethene, There is carbon – carbon double bond

Text Book Page No: 121

alkyne reactions cheat sheet summary for organic chemistry reactions.

Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
What do we get as the product ?
Answer:
Ethane

Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 7 Notes Kerala Syllabus  Question 6.
Which hydrocarbon is the reactant here? ………..
Answer:
Unsaturated propene

Chemistry Chapter 7 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 7.
Is the product saturated or unsaturated ?
Answer:
Saturated Compounds

10th Class Chemistry 7th Chapter Kerala Syllabus Question 8.
Complete table 7.1
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 7 Notes Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus

Text Book Page No: 123

Hsslive Chemistry 10th Kerala Syllabus Question 9.
Complete table 7.2 Suitably.
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 7 Solutions Kerala Syllabus
Answer:

MonomerPolymerUses
Vinyl ChloridePVCPipe, Helmet
EthenePolyethaneCarry bags
IsopreneNatural rubber (Poly Isoprene)Tire
Tetra Fluro etheneTeflonNonstick pan

Text Book Page No: 124

Balance the equation calculator allows you to balance chemical equations accurately.

Sslc Chemistry Chapter Wise Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus Question 10.
Can you write the balanced chemical equation for the combustion of the fuel butane (C4H10) ?
Answer:
2 C4H10(g) + 13O2(g) → 8CO2 + 10H2O + heat

Text Book Page No: 125

Hsslive Guru 10th Chemistry Kerala Syllabus Question 11.
Complete Table 7.3 and 7.4 contain¬ing chemical reactions of hydrocarbons.
Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 7 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 7 Notes Kerala Syllabus

Organic Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus  Question 12.
Match Columns A, B, and C suitably.
Chemistry Chapter 7 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:

Reactants (A)Products (B)Name of Reaction (C)
CH3 – CH3 + Cl2CH3 – CH2 Cl + HClSubstitution Reaction
C2H6+O2CO2 + H2OCombustion
n CH2 = CH2[CH2 – CH2]nPolymerisation
CH3– CH2 – CH3CH2 = CH2 + CH4Thermal Cracking
CH = CH + H2CH2 = CH2Addition Reaction

Class 10 Chemistry Kerala Syllabus Question 13.
CH2 – OH, CH3 – CH2 – OH
Can you write the IUPAC names of these two compounds?
Answer:
CH3 – OH – Methanol
CH3 – CH2 – OH – Ethanol

Text Book Page No: 126

Hss Live Guru 10th Chemistry Kerala Syllabus Question 14.
Complete the following word web including more uses of ethanol.
10th Class Chemistry 7th Chapter Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Hsslive Chemistry 10th Kerala Syllabus

Chemistry Textbook Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 15.
List out the uses of ethanoic acid.
Answer:

  • In the manufacture of rayon
  • In the rubber and silk industry.
  • Vinegar – Impart Sour taste for food item.
  • Used as preservative.

Text Book Page No: 129

Hss Live Guru 10 Chemistry Kerala Syllabus Question 16.
Examine the given structural formulae and select the esters. You may also identify the chemicals required for their preparation.
1. CH3 – CH2 – COO – CH3
2. CH3 – CH2 – COOH
3. CH3 – CH2 – CO – CH3
4. CH3 – OH
5. CH3 – CH2 – CH2OH
6. CH3 – COOH
7. CH3 – COO – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
Answer:
1. CH3 – CH2 – COO – CH3
7. CH3 – COO – CH2 – CH2 – CH3 are esters
1. CH3 – CH2 – COO – CH3
CH3 – CH2 – COOH + OH – CH3 \(\frac{\mathrm{Conc} . \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4}}{ }\) CH3 – CH2 – COO – CH3+ H2O
7. CH3 – COO – CH2 – CH2 – CH3
CH3 – COOH + OH – CH2 – CH2 – CH3 \(\frac{\mathrm{Conc} . \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4}}{ }\) CH3 – COO – CH2 – CH2 – CH3 + H2O

Text Book Page No: 130

Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 17.
Take 10 mL distilled water in a test tube and take the same volume of hard water in another test tube. Add a few drops of soap solution to both the test tubes and shake well. Do both the test tubes contain the same quantity of foam? Which test tube contains more foam? What do you infer?
Answer:
No. Both the test tube does not contain same quantity of foam. Distilled water taken test tube contains more foam. Soap does not lather well in hard water. The hardness of water is due to dissolved calcium and magnesium salts in it. These salts react with soap to form insoluble compounds resulting in the decrease of lather.

Hss Live Guru Chemistry 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 18.
Take 10 mL each of hard water in two test tubes. Add a few drops of soap solution in the first test tube and add the same amount of detergent solution in the second one. Shake both the test tubes well. What do you observe? Which test tube contains more foam?
Answer:
Soap does not lather well in hard water. The hardness of water is due to dissolved calcium and magnesium salts in it. These salts react with soap to form insoluble compounds resulting in the decrease of lather. But detergents do not give insoluble components on reaction with these salts. Hence detergents are more effective than soaps in hard water.

Hsslive Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 19.
List out the merits and demerits of detergents, compared to soaps.
Answer:
Merit:
Detergents are more effective than soaps in hard water.
Detergents are effective in acidic solutions.
Demerits:
excessive use of the detergents causes environmental problems. The microorganisms in water cannot decompose the components of detergents. Hence the detergents released into water lead to the destruction of aquatic life. For example, the detergents which contain phosphate increases the growth of algae and limits the quantity of oxygen. Therefore, it dej creases the quantity of oxygen for the breath of the organisms in water and causes their destruction.

Let Us Assess

Solve using substitution calculator step-by-step solutions.

10th Chemistry Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
Given below are two chemical equations.
a. CH2 = CH2 + H2 → A
b. \(\mathrm{A}+\mathrm{Cl}_{2} \quad \stackrel{\text { sunlight }}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{B}+\mathrm{HCl}\)
Identify the compounds A and B. Name these reactions.
Answer:
Sslc Chemistry Chapter Wise Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus

Question 2.
Name the important chemical reactions of hydrocarbons. Give one example for each.
Answer:
Hsslive Guru 10th Chemistry Kerala Syllabus
e. Thermal cracking:
CH3 – CH2 – CH2 -CH3 → CH2 = CH2 + CH3 – CH3

Question 3.
Write chemical formula of propane. Write the names and structural formulae of two compounds, that may be formed during its substitution reaction with chlorine.
Answer:
CH3 – CH3 – CH3 Propane
Organic Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

Question 4.
Complete the equation for the following chemical reaction. Name this reaction.
\(\mathrm{CH}_{3}-\mathrm{CH}_{2}-\mathrm{CH}_{2}-\mathrm{CH}_{3}+\ldots \ldots \ldots \ldots \mathrm{O}_{2} \rightarrow–\mathrm{-}+\)
Answer:
CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3 + 13/2 O2
→ 4CO2 + 5 H2O , Combustion.

Question 5.
Which of the given molecules can form po¬lymers ? Butane, Propane, Propane, Methane, Butene.
Answer:
Propene, Butene

Extended Activities

Question 1.
You are familiar with different chemical reactions of hydrocarbons. Identify the situations in daily life in which these are used.
Answer:
a. Substitution Reaction : Chloroform, CCl4 preparation
b. Addition Reaction : Conversion of unsaturated compounds into saturated.
c. Combustion: Preparation of polymers like PVC.
d. Thermal Cracking: Butane (LPG)can be prepared from higher hydrocarbons

Question 2.
List out the different uses of ethanol. Pre-pare an essay on its adverse effects on human body and the related social issues when it is used as a beverage.
Answer:
Uses of ethanol :

  • Fuels
  • Medicines
  • Preservatives
  • Preparation of organic compounds

Health problems :

  • Reason for aneamia .
  • Increases possibility of cancer
  • Problems related with heart

Social problems:

  • Reason for spoiling family relationships
  • May cause financial crisis

Question 3.
You know how to make soap, don’t you? Try to prepare soaps of different colors and fragrance.Prepare a short note on chemistry of soaps.
Answer:
Fats and oils are esters. They react with alkalies such as NaOH, KOH to form Sodium/ Potassium Salts of their carboxylic acids and glycerol.ester formed from fatty acids + NaOH / KOH → Soap + glycerol. Fatty acids such as palmitic acid, stearic acid react with alcohol, glycerol to form esters. Oils and fats are esters formed by the reaction between glycerol with fatty acid and stearic acid. Soaps are the salts formed when these react with alkalies.

Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds Orukkam Questions and Answers

Question 1.
After completing the chemical reactions write down to which category they belong.
a. CH2Cl + Cl2 → …….. + HCl
b. CH = CH+H2 →…………
c. CH4 + 2O2 → …….. + H2O
d. CH3 – CH2 – CH3 → ……….
Answer:
a. CH2Cl + Cl2 → CH2Cl2 + HCl Substitution reaction
b. CH = CH + H2 → CH2 = CH2 Addition Reaction
c. CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + H2O Combustion
d. CH3 – CH2 – CH3 → CH2 = CH2 + CH4 Thermal cracking

Question 2.
Rearrange the table suitably.
Class 10 Chemistry Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Hss Live Guru 10th Chemistry Kerala Syllabus
Question 3.
Methane is reacting with Cl in presence of sunlight. Complete equation of that reaction.
Chemistry Textbook Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
a. Write down the reaction of C3H8 with chlorine.
b. What type of reaction is this?
Answer:
Hss Live Guru 10 Chemistry Kerala Syllabus
C3HCl7+Cl2 → C3Cl8 + HCl
b. Subsititution Reaction

Question 4.
Examples of additon reaction are given below, complete the equation.
a. CH2 = CH2 + H2 → ………
b. CH2 = CH + Cl2 → ……..
c. CH = CH + H2 → ……….
d. CH = CH + Cl2→ ………
Answer:
Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

Question 5.
a. Examples for combination of Hydrocarbon are given below complete the equation and balance it.
CH4 + O2 → ……. + ……….
C2H6 + O2 → ……. + ………
C3H8 + O2 → …….. + ………
b. Products formed on combustion of Hydrocarbon are ………….
Answer:
a. CH4 + O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
2C2H6 + 7O2 → 4CO2 + 6H2O
C3H8 + 5O2 → 3CO2 + 4H2O
b. Carbon dioxide and Water

Question 6.
a. Name the product and what type of reaction is this?
nCH2 = CHCl → ………..
b. Write down the names of monomer in it.
c. Give examples for natural polymers
Answer:
Hss Live Guru Chemistry 10 Kerala Syllabus
Polyvinyl chloride, polymerization
b. Vinyl chloride
c. Polyisoprene, Protein

Question 7.
Complete the table.
Hsslive Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
10th Chemistry Notes Kerala Syllabus

Question 8.
Arrange the points in two separate columns write column heading also.
a. CO and H2 are reacted in presence of a catalyst to form compound.
b. Sugar cane juice is fermented.
c. It is known as wood spirit.
d. It is used to make paint & varnish.
e. Used for drinking.
f. It is used for adding in industrial spirit.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 21
Question 9.
a. Ethanol has very large industrial utility. When it enter into our body it creates large amount of problems in our body as well as in our society. List out the probl-em happening in our body and in the society.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 22
b. In industrial ethanol always Methanol is added to prevent misuse by humans. Name the process and what are the side effects formed after consuming it?
Answer:
a.

In human bodyIn society
Liver problemsEconomic problems
CliolestrolFamily issues
Kidney problemsLoses personality

b. Denatured Spirit:

  • Loses eyesight permanently
  • Can lead to death
  • Vomiting

Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds SCERT Questions and Answers

Question 10.
Analyze the reactions and answer the following questions.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 23
a. Identify A, B.
b. Write the name of the compound ‘a’.
c. Write the name of the reaction by which ‘b’ is formed.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 24
b. Polythene
c. Addition reaction.

Peptide and Protein Molecular Weight Calculator. Peptide or protein molecular weight is an important parameter for Molecular Biology.

Question 11.
Some reactions of propane are given.
i. Hydrogen atoms are substituted one by one, in presence of sunlight.
ii. When heated in the absence of air, it decomposes to hydrocarbons with lesser molecular mass.
iii. Combines with oxygen to give C02 and H2O.
a. Identify the type of reaction in each case.
b. Write the chemical equation of the reaction (ii).
Answer:
a. i. Substitutional reaction
ii. Thermal cracking
iii. Combustion
b. CH3 – CH2 – CH3 → CH2 = CH2 + CH4

The chemical formula calculator is particularly helpful for establishing the percentage of each element.

Question 12.
Analyse the reactions and answer the following questions.
\(\text { i. } \mathrm{CH}_{3}-\mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{CO} \stackrel{\text { Catalyst }}{\longrightarrow} \ldots \mathrm{A}\)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 25
\(\text { iii. } \mathrm{A}+\mathrm{B} \stackrel{\mathrm{Con} . \mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{SO}_{4}}{\longrightarrow} \quad \ldots . \mathrm{C} \ldots .+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O}\)
a. Identify A, B, C.
b. What is the general name/ class to which product ‘C’ belongs? Write the IUPAC name.
Answer:
a. A — CH3 – COOH
B – Methanol/CH3 – OH
C – CH3 – COO – CH3
b. Esters, Methyl ethanoate

Question 13.
Analyze the given reactions and answer the following questions.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 26
a. Identify A and B
b. What is the name of reaction by which ‘B’ is formed?
Answer:
a. A – CH2 = CH2, B – CH3 Cl
b. Substitution reaction

Question 14.
Some reactions regarding the production of ethanol are given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 27
a. Identify A and B.
b. Write the name of the ester formed when the product B reacts with propanoic acid,
c. Write the chemical equation for the formation of the ester.
Answer:
a. A- C6 H12 O6 B – C2H5 – OH
b. Ethyl Propanoate
c. CH3 – CH2 – COOH + HO – CH2 – CH3
CH3 – CH2 – COO – CH2 – CH3 + H2O

Question 15.
Acetylene (ethyne) is prepared in the laboratory when calcium carbide reacts with water. Write the chemical equations of the reactions for converting it to ethane.
Answer:
CH = CH + H2 \(\stackrel{N i}{\longrightarrow}\) CH2 = CH2
CH2 = CH2 + H2 \(\stackrel{N i}{\longrightarrow}\) CH3 – CH3

Question 16.
Complete the table
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 28
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 29

Question 17.
a Write the structure of the organic comp¬ound with molecular formula QH.
b. What is the name of the compound formed when one hydrogen atom of benzene is replaced with methyl radical?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 30
b. Methyl benzene (Toluene)

Question 18.
Two equations are given below.
i. CH = CH + HCT → ……… A ………
ii. nA → B
a. Identify A and B.
b. Identify the type of reaction (i)?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 31
b. Addition reaction

Question 19.
Three equations are given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 32
a. Identify P, Q, R
b. Identify the name of the chemical reaction (ii) and (iii).
c. Write the IUPAC name of R.
Answer:
a. P – CH2 = CH2
Q – CH3 – CH3
R – CH3 – CH2Cl
b. ii. Addition reaction
iii. Substitution Reaction
c. Chloroethane

Question 20.
Ethanol is an industrially important compound.
a. What is the name of 8-10% solution of ethanol?
b. How is it converted into rectified spirit?
c. What is denatured spirit?
Answer:
a. Wash
b. Fractional distillation of wash
c. Product obtained by adding poisonous (methanol, pyridine) substances.

Question 21.
Uses of some important organic compounds are given. Pick out the suitable compounds from the box.
Power alcohol, Teflon, Polythene,
Ethanoic acid, Ethanol
a. For the preparation of rayon,
b. For making the coating of inner surface of non-stick cookware,
c. Solvent in paint industry,
d. As fuel in motor vehicles
Answer:
a. Ethanoic acid
b. Teflon
c. Methanol
d. Power alcohol

Question 22.
Some reactants, products, and names of reactions are given in the table. Complete it.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 33
Answer:
a. Substitution reaction
b. CH = CH2
c. HBr
d. Addition reaction
e. H2O
f. Combustion
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 34
h. Polymerization

Question 23.
Pick out the suitable compounds from the box for the following reactions.
CH4, C2H4, C3H8, CH3Cl
a Thermal cracking
b. Addition Reaction
Answer:
a. C3H8
b. C2H4

Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds Exam Oriented Questions & Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 1)

Question 24.
Equation of some chemical Reactions are given below. Complete it.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 35
Answer:
a. A → CH3 – CH3
B → CH3 – CH2 – Cl
C → HCl
b. A → CH2 = CH2
B → CH3 – CH2 – Cl

Question 25.
Teflon used as nonstick polymer.
a. Write the structure of the monomer of this. Write the IUPAC name.
b. Write the reaction equation for the preparation of the monomer.
Answer:
a. CF2 = CF2 Tetra fluroethene
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 36

Question 26.
Recognize and write A, B, C from following equation.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 37
Answer:
A. CH3 – CH2 – OH
B. CH3 – COOH – OH
C. H2O

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Question 27.
Some chemical equations are given below. Write each type of chemical reaction.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 38
CH3 – CH = CH2 + CH3 – CH3
Answer:
a. Polymerization
b. Substitution reaction
c. Addition reaction
d. Combustion
e. Thermal cracking

Question 28.
Look at the following reactions on heating pentane.
i. In the absence of air
ii. In the presence of air
a. Write the name of the reaction (i), (ii).
b. Write the chemical equation for the reaction.
Answer:
a. Reaction (i) – Thermal Cracking
Reaction (ii) – Combustion
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 39
ii. for writing the combustion equation for hydrocarbons we can use the equation.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 40

Question 29.
Write each of the following.
a. Molasses
b.Wood spirit
c. Vinegar
d. Esters
Answer:
a. Molasses is mother liquor left after the crystallization of sugar from sugar cane juice.
b. Poisonous chemical methanol (CH3 – OH) is known as wood spirit.
c. 5-8% ethanoic acid (CH3 – COOH) is known as vinegar.
d. esters are salts formed by the reaction ale ‘ whole and organic acids. They have the smell of fruits and flowers.

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Question 30.
Chloroform can be prepared from Methane.
a. What is the chemical formula of chlor of or m?
b. What is the name of reaction when chloroform is prepared from methane?
c. Write the chemical equation for the reaction.
Answer:
a. CHCl3
b. Substitution Reaction
\(\mathrm{c.} \mathrm{CH}_{4}+\mathrm{Cl}_{2} \stackrel{\text {sunlight}}{\longrightarrow} \mathrm{CH}_{3} \mathrm{Cl}+\mathrm{HCl}\)
CH2 Cl + Cl2 → CH2Cl2 + HCl
CH2 Cl2 + Cl2 → CHCl3 + HCI

Question 31.
Methyl Ethanoate is an ester,
a. Write the structural formula.
b. Write the structural formula of alcohol and carboxylic acid needed for the preparation.
c. Write the reaction equation for the preparation of this ester.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 41

Question 32.
Fill in the following.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 42
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 43

Question 33.
Write one use of each of the following,
a. Methanol
b. Power alcohol
c. Butane
Answer:
a. Used as solvent in the preparation of paint
b. Fuel in motor vehicle.
c. Cooking gas (LPG)

Question 34.
Write the reason for the following statements.
a. Hydrocarbons like butane are used as fuel.
b. Drinking denatured spirit is harmful
c. Esters are used in perfumes and fruit juice.
Answer:
a. Combustion of hydrocarbon produces plenty of heat.
b. Ethanol on addition with poisonous material is called denatured spirit.
c. Esters have the pleasant smell of flowers and fruits.

Question 35.
Write structural formula of following com-pounds!
a. Benzene
b. Phenol
c. Toluene
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 44

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 4)

Question 6.
Ethyne is a compound that belongs to the class of alkynes.
a. Write chemical formula of ethyne.
b. Write the chemical equation for the preparation of following compounds from ethyne.
i. PVC
ii. 1, 2 – dichloroethane
iii. Chloro ethane
Answer:
a. CH = CH
b. i. CH = CH + HCl →
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 45
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 7 Chemical Reactions of Organic Compounds 46

Question 37.
Molecular formula of some compounds are given in the box.
C2H4 C6H14 CH3 – CH2 – CI
CH3 – COOH C6H6
a. Which is aromatic compound?
b. Which can be prepared by substitution reaction?
c. Which monomer is used in preparation of polythene?
d. Which compound can be used in food?
Answer:
a. C6H6
b. CH3 – CH2 – Cl
c. C2H4
d. CH3COOH

Question 38.
Answer the following:
a. Name the reaction for the conversion of sugar solution into ethanol.
b. Which enzymes are used in this reaction
c. Chemical involved in grape spirit.
d. Name the monomer of P VC.
e. Products formed during cracking of propane.
Answer:
a. Fermentation
b. Invertase, Zymase
c. Ethanol (CH3 – CH2 OH)
d. Polyvinyl chloride (CH2 = CH – Cl)
e. Ethene(CH2 = CH2), Methane (CH4)

Second Degree Equations Questions and Answers Class 10 Maths Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Solutions

You can Download Second Degree Equations Questions and Answers, Activity, Notes PDF, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Maths Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Maths Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations Notes

Textbook Page No. 81

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
When each side of a square was reduced by 2 metres, the area became 49 square metres. What was the length of a side of the original square?
Answer:
Let the length of each side of the original square be x, then
Second Degree Equation Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
The length of each side of the original square = 9 cm

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
A square ground has a 2 metre wide path all around it. The total area of the ground and the path is 1225 square metres. What is the area of the ground alone?
Answer:
’Each side of the ground = x
Each side of ground+path = x + 4
(x + 4)2 = 1225 = 352;
x + 4 = 35
x= 35 – 4 = 31
Second Degree Equation Class 10 Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus
Area of the ground alone = 312 = 961 m2

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Extra Questions Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
The square of a term in the arithmetic sequence 2, 5, 8, ……., is 2500. What is its position?
Answer:
Let 2500 is the square of the nth term of the arithmetic sequence 2, 5, 8, …………
Second Degree Equation Class 10 Extra Questions Kerala Syllabus
It is the 17th term.

To solve a system of linear equations with steps, use the system of linear equations calculator.

Sslc Maths Second Degree Equations Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
2000 rupees was deposited in a scheme in which interest is compounded annually. After two years the amount in the account was 2205 rupees. What is the rate of interest?
Answer:
Amount (P) = 2000
Compound interest (r %)
Year (n)
Sslc Maths Second Degree Equations Kerala Syllabus

Textbook Page No. 86

Sslc Second Degree Equation Questions Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
1 added to the product of two consecutive even numbers gives 289. What are the numbers?
Answer:
Let the two consecutive even numbers be x, x+2
x, x+2
x(x+2) + 1 = 289
x2 + 2x = 288
x2+ 2x – 288 = 0
x2+ 2x = 288
(x+1)2 = 288 + 1
(x+1)2 = 289
x+1 = ± 17
x = 16, – 18
The numbers are 16, 18

Second Degree Equation Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
9 added to the product of two consecutive multiples of 6 gives 729. What are the numbers?
Answer:
Let the two consecutive multiples of 6 be x, x+6
x, x+6
x(x + 6)+ 9 = 729
x2 + 6 x + 9 = 729
x2 + 6x = 720
x2+ 6x – 720 = O
x2 +6x = 720
(x+3)2= 720+9
(x+3)2 = 729
x+3 = ± 27
x = 24, – 30
The numbers are 24, – 30

10th Maths Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
How many terms of the arithmetic sequence 5, 7, 9, …, must be added to get 140?
Answer:
First term f= 5,
Common difference = 2
Sslc Second Degree Equation Questions Kerala Syllabus
10 terms should be added to get 140

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Model Question Paper Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
16 added to the sum of the first few terms of the arithmetic sequence 9, 11, 13, gave 256. How many terms were added?
Answer:
9, 11, 13,…………
First term f= 9,
Common difference d = 2
Sum of first n terms
Second Degree Equation Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
An isosceles triangle has to be made like this
10th Maths Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus
The height should be 2 meters less than the base. The area of the triangle should be 12 square meters. What should be the length of its sides?
Answer:
Base = AB = x
Height= CD = x – 2
Second Degree Equation Class 10 Model Question Paper Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Maths Chapter 4 Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus Question 6.
A 2.6-meter long rod leans against a wall, its foot 1 meter from the wall. When the foot is moved a little away from the wall, its upper end slides the same length down. How much farther is the foot moved?
Second Degree Equation Class 10 Notes Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Sslc Maths Chapter 4 Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus

Textbook Page No. 91

Sslc Maths Chapter 4 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
The product of a number and 2 more than that is 168, what are the numbers?
Answer:
Let the number be x
x(x+2) = 168
x2 + 2x = I68
x2 + 2x + 1 = I68 + 1
(x+1)2 = 169
x + 1 = ± 13
x + 1 = 13
x + 1= – 13
x = 13 – 1 = 12
x = -13 – 1 = – 14
The number is 12 and 14 or – 12 and – 14

Maths Chapter 4 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
Find two numbers with sum 4 and product 2.
Answer:
Sum of the numbers = 4
If, First number = x
Then second number = 4 – x
Sslc Maths Chapter 4 Solutions Kerala Syllabus

Class 10 Maths Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
How many terms of the arithmetic sequence 99, 97, 95, … must be added to get 900?
Answer:
Maths Chapter 4 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

The spectrally extended signal produced by nonlinear function calculator 520 is likely to have a pronounced dropoff in amplitude as frequency increases.

Class 10 Maths Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
A rod 28 centimeters long is to be bent to make a rectangle.
i. Can a rectangle of diagonal 8 centimeters be made?
ii. Can a rectangle of diagonal 10 centimeters be made?
iii. How about a rectangle of diagonal 14 centimeters?
Calculate the lengths of the sides of the rectangles that can be made.
Answer:
Class 10 Maths Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus
Class 10 Maths Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus
Maths Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus
Sslc Second Degree Equation Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus
∴ Cannot make a rectangle of diagonal 14 centimeters.

Textbook Page No. 97

Maths Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
The perimeter of a rectangle is 42 meters and its diagonal is 15 meters. What are the lengths of its sides?
Answer:
Second Degree Equation Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Second Degree Equation Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
How many consecutive natural numbers starting from 1 should be added to get 300?
Answer:
Sum of natural numbers starting from 1:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 18

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
What number added to 1 gives its own square?
Answer:
Let the number be x
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 19

Second Degree Equation Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
In writing the equation to construct a rectangle of specified perimeter and area, the perimeter was wrongly written as 24 instead of 42. The length of a side was then computed as 10 meters. What is the area in the problem? What are the lengths of the sides of the rectangle in the correct problem?
Answer:
If length is 10 and perimter is 24
2 (l + b) = 24
2(10 + b) = 24
10 + 5 = 12
b = 2
Width= 2
Area= lb =10 x 2 = 20 sq.cm
Area in the correct problem =20
lb = 20
2(l + b) = 42
l + b = 21
l + \(\frac { 20 }{ l }\) = 21
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 20

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
In copying a second-degree equation to solve it, the term without x was written as 24 instead of – 24. The answers found were 4 and 6. What are the answers of the correct problem?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 21

Second Degree Equations Orukkam Questions and Answers

Worksheet 1

Second Degree Equations Exercises Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
Write two numbers whose square is 25?
Answer:
Let x be the number
x2 = 25
x= √25 = ±5
numbers are –5, +5

Second Degree Equation Class 10 Formulas Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
When the square of a number is added to the number we get 30. What are the numbers?
Answer:
Let x be the number ,
x2 + x = 30
x2 + x – 30 = 0, (x + 6) (x – 5) = 0
x = – 6, 5
numbers are – 6, +5

Second Degree Equations Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
Find the side of the square whose area and perimeter are numerically equal.
Answer:
Let x be the length of side.
Perimeter = Area
x2 = 4x
x = 4
Length of side = 4

Question 4.
How many odd numbers from 1 makes the sum 961?
Answer:
Sum of continuous n odd numbers = n2
n2 = 961
n = √961 = ± 31
Sum of continuous 31 odd numbers

Question 5.
A man’s age after 15 years will be the square of his age 15 years ago. What is his present age?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 22

Worksheet 2
Form the equation

Question 6.
The sum of a number and its square is ten times that number
Answer:
Let x be the number
x2 + x = 10 x
x2 – 9x = 0

Question 7.
The sum of a number and its square root is 6.
Answer:
Let x be the number
x + √x = 6
x – 6 = √x
(x – 6)2 =(–√x)2
x2 – 12x + 36 = x
x2 – 13 x + 36 = 0

Question 8.
The sum of first n natural numbers is 210.
Answer:
\(\frac { n(n+1) }{ 2 }\) = 210
n2 + n = 420
n2 + n – 420 = 0

Question 9.
The area of a rectangle whose length is 5 more than its width
Answer:
Let x be the length of side.
other side = x + 5
x (x + 5) = 150
x2 + 5x – 150 = 0

Question 10.
The sum of a number and its reciprocal is \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\)
Answer:
Let x be the number
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 23

Question 11.
The sum of even numbers from 2 in an order is 240
Answer:
2 + 4 + 6 + + 2n = 420
2(1 + 2 + 3 + ….+ n) = 420
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 24

Question 12.
A man’s age after 15 years will be the square of his age 15 years ago.
Answer:
Let x be the present age
(x – 15)2 = x + 15
x2 – 30 x + 225 = x +15
x2 – 31x + 210 = 0

Worksheet 3

Question 13.
When 8 times a number is added to its square we get 8. Find the number by making the equation properly.
Answer:
x2 + 2 x = 8
x2 + 2x + 1 = 8 + 1
(x + 1)2 =9
x + 1 =3
x = 2
Number = 2

Question 14.
Which term in the sequence 2, 5, 8 …….. gives its square 2500?
Answer:
nth term = 3n + (2 – 3) = 3n – 1
(3n – 1)2 = 2500,
3n – 1 = 50,
n = 17
square of 17th term is 2500

Question 15..
A man’s age after 15 years will be the square of his age 15 years ago. Find the age
Answer:
Let x be the age
x + 15 = (x – 15)2
x + 15 = x2 – 30 x + 225
x2 – 31 x = – 210
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 25

Question 16.
The length of a rectangle is 2 more than its width. The area of the rectangle is 80. Find length and breadth.
Answer:
Let x be the width, then length = x + 2
x (x + 2) = 80
x2 + 2x = 80
x2 + 2x + 1 = 80 + 1
(x + 1)2 = 81
x + 1 =9
x = 8
length = 10
width = 8

Question 17.
The sum of a number and its reciprocal is \(\frac { 5 }{ 2 }\) Find the number.
Answer:
Let x be the number
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 27

Question 18.
The sum of some even numbers starting from 2 is 420. Find the number of even numbers added.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 28

Worksheet 4

Question 19.
Sum of the squares of three consecutive natural numbers is 110.
Answer:
If the numbers are x, x + 1, x + 2, then
x2 + ( x + 1)2 + (x + 2)2 = 110
x2 + x2 + 2x + 1 + x2 + 4x + 4 = 110
3x2 + 6x – 105 = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 29

Question 20.
The product of the digits of a two-digit number is 12.When 36 is added to the number we get a two-digit number in which the digits are reversed. Find the two-digit number .
Answer:
Let the two digit number be 10 x + y, then
x y = 12
y = \(\frac { 12 }{ x }\)
If we change the positions of digits 10 y + x
10 y + x = 36+ 10 x + y
Let’s take x be the digits in the position of 10.
Let’s take \(\frac { 12 }{ x }\) as the digits in the position of unit.
Number which digits are reversed \(\frac { 120 }{ x }\) +x
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 30

Question 21.
Serena and Johan had 45 diamond stones. They sold 5 stones. The product of the remaining stones is 124. Find the number of stones each had
Answer:
Let x be the stones Serena has and 45 – x be the stone Johan has. After selling 5
(x – 5)(45 – x – 5) = 124
(x – 5)(40 – x) = 124
x2 – 45x + 200 = – 124
x2 – 45x + 324 = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 31
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 32
Number of diamond stones Serena has = 36
Number of diamond stones Johan has = 9

Question 22.
The sum of a number and its reciprocal is \(1 \frac{1}{2}\) . Find the number.
Answer:
Let x be the number
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 33

Question 23.
The sum of two numbers is 15. Sum of its reciprocals is \(\frac { 3 }{ 10 }\). Find the numbers.
Answer:
Let x, 15 – x be the numbers
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 34

Question 24.
A two-digit number is four times sum of its digits. The number is three times product of the digits. Find the number
Answer:
Let x, y be the numbers
10 x + y = 4 (x + y)
6 x = 3 y
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 35

Worksheet 5

Question 25.
A train travels a distance of 300km constant speed. If the speed of the train is increased by 5 km, the journey would have taken 2 hours less. Find the original speed of the train
Answer:
Let x km/hr be the speed.
Let the time required to travel in the same speed be \(\frac { 300 }{ x }\) hour. If the speed is increased by 5 km/ hr the time will decreased by 2 hours.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 36

Question 26.
An express train takes 3 hours less than a passenger train for a journey of 600 km. If the speed of the passenger train is 10 less than the speed of the express train find the speeds of both trains (Use Pythagoras theorem in distance, not in speeds)
Answer:
Let x km/hr be the speed of the express.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 37
Speed of the express 50 km/hr
Speed of the passenger 50 km/hr

Worksheet 6

Question 27.
One year ago a man’s age is eight times the age of his son. At present man’s age is the square of son’s age. Find the present age.
Answer:
Let x be the present age of son
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 38

Question 28.
A man’s age after 15 years will be the square of his age 15 years ago. Find the present age by forming a second degree equation
Answer:
Let x be the present age .
x + 15 = (x – 15)2
x + 15 = x2 – 30x + 225
x2 – 31x + 210 = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 39
Present age = 21

Question 29.
The product of Layas’s age before 5 years and after 8 years is 30. Find the present age.
Answer:
Let x be the present age of Laya
(x – 5)(x + 8) = 30
x2 – 3x – 40 = 30,
x2 – 3x – 70 = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 40
Present age of Laya = 7

Worksheet 7

Question 30.
Sravani teacher asked the students to construct a rectangle having area 5 square unit and perimeter 8. Jeevan, a wise student of the class, after making some calculations told that it is not possible to construct such a rectangle. Can you agree with him. Justify reasonably
Answer:
Let x be the length, then the area will be 5 cm2, So the width will be \(\frac { 5 }{ x }\) cm. When the perimeter is 8 cm, 4 – x will be the width. The width which was obtained first will be \(\frac { 5 }{ x }\) and the width obtained now i.e., 4 – x will be equal.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 41
– 4 < 0, x will not be obtained. Hence it is not possible to draw a rectangle with the given values.

Question 31.
The perimeter of a rectangle is 34 cm, area 60 square centimeter. Find the sides
Answer:
Let x be the length
Perimeter 34 cm, therefore width will be 17-x cm
Perimeter = 60 cm, therefore width be \(\frac { 60 }{ x }\) cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 81
x = 5 cm
length = 12 cm therefore width = 17 – 12 = 5 cm
length = 12 cm ,
width = 5 cm

Question 32.
The length of the rectangle is 4 more than its breadth. Area of the rectangle is 140 square centimeter. Calculate length and breadth
Answer:
Let x be the width of rectangle
length = x + 4 cm
x(x + 4) = 140
x2 – 4 x – 140 = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 43
width =10 cm
length = 14 cm

Question 33.
When the sides of a square are increased by 4, area become 256. Find the length of the first square.
Answer:
Let x be the side of square
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 44
x will not -20
The side of the first square = 12 cm

Question 34.
The area of a right-angled triangle is 60 square unit. The one of the perpendicular sides is 10 more than other. Find the sides of the triangle.
Answer:
Let x cm, x + 10 cm be the perpendicular sides
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 45

Question 35.
The area of an isosceles triangle is 60 square meters. One of the equal sides is is 13 cm. Find the third side. Take base x then h = \(\sqrt{13^{2}-x^{2}}\)
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 46
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 47
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 48
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 49

Second Degree Equations SCERT Question Pool Questions and Answers

Question 36.
When the sides of a square are increased by 8 cm each, its area becomes 1225 sq. cm Frame an equation using the above data by taking the side of the smaller square as x cm. Find the sides of both the squares. [Score: 3, Time: 5 Minutes]
Answer:
One side of smaller square = x
One side of bigger square = x + 8
Area = (x + 8)2 = 1225 (1)
x + 8 = 35
x = 35 – 8 = 27 (1)
Side of smaller square = 27 cm
Side of bigger square = 35 cm (1)

Question 37.
The difference of two positive numbers is 6. Their product is 216. Find the numbers. [Score: 3, Time: 4 Minutes]
Answer:
Let the numbers be x, x + 6
Products : x (x+6) = 216 (1)
x2 + 6x = 216
x2 + 6x + 9 = 216 + 9 = 225
(x + 3)2 = 225 (1)
x + 3 = 15
x = 15 – 3 = 12
Numbers : 12, 18 (1)

Question 38.
In a right triangle one of the perpendicular sides is one less than 2 times the smaller side. Hypotenuse is one more than 2 times the same smaller side. By taking the smaller side as x cm, write the algebraic expression for the other two sides. Compute all the 3 sides of the right triangle. [Score: 4, Time: 5 Minutes]
Answer:
Smaller side = x
Perpendicular side = 2x – 1
Hypotenus = 2x + 1 (1)
x2 + (2x – 1)2 = (2x + 1)2 (1)
x2 + 4x2 – 4x + 1 = 4x2 + 4x + 1
x2 – 8x = 0 (1)
x (x – 8) = 0
x = 0 or x = 8
Side=8 cm, 15 cm, 17 cm (1)

Question 39.
Find the sides of a rectangle whose perimeter is 100 metres and area 600 sq. metres. [Score : 4, Time : 5 Minutes]
Answer:
Perimeter = 100 m .
Length+Breadth = 50 m.
Length = 25 + x.
Breadth = 25 – x
Area = (25 + x)(25 – x) = 600 (1)
252 – x2 = 600 (1)
x2 = 625 – 600 = 25, x = 5 (1)
Sides, 25 + 5 = 30 m
25 – 5 = 20 m (1)

Question 40.
The one’s place of a two-digit number is 4. The product of the number and digit sum is 238.
a. If ten’s place digit is taken as x, Write the number.
b. Frame a second-degree equation and find the number. [Score : 4, Time : 6 Minutes]
Answer:
Digit in the ten’s place = x
Number = 10 x + 4 (1)
The product of the number and digit sum
= (x + 4) (10 x + 4) = 238 (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 50

Question 41.
How many consecutive natural numbers from 1 should be added to get 465? [Score : 4, Time : 5 Minutes]
Answer:
Sum of first n natural numbers
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 51

Question 42.
The product of the digits of a two-digit number is 12. When 36 is added to this number, got a new number with digits reversed. Find the number. [Score : 5, Time : 7 Minutes]
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 51

Question 43.
For a two-digit number, one’s place is 3 more than its ten’s place. The product of this number and its digit sum is square of double the digit sum. What is the number? [Score : 4, Time : 6 Minutes]
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 53

Question 44.
A pavement of Width 2 metres is built around a square shaped garden. The area of the pavement alone is 116 square metres. Find one side of the garden.
[Score : 3, Time: 4 Minutes]
Answer:
Side of garden = x
Area of the pavement Area of the pavement Area of the pavement Side of garden including pavement = x + 4 (1)
Area of the pavement = (x + 4)2 – x2 = 116
x2 + 8x + 16 – x2 = 116 (1)
8x + 16 = 116,
\(x=\frac{116-16}{8}=12.5 \mathrm{m}\)
Side of garden = 12.5m (1)

Question 45.
A rectangle of Width 8 centimetres is cut off from a square sheet along its side. The remaining rectangular portion has an area 84 sq. metres. Calculate the side of the square. [Score : 4, Time : 6 Minutes]
Answer:
Let the side of square = x
Sides of rectangle = x, x – 8 (1)
Area = x(x – 8) = 84
x2 – 8x = 84 (1)
x2 – 8x + 16 = 84 + 16
(x – 4)2= 100, (1)
x – 4= 10, x= 14
Side of square = 14 centimetre

Question 46.
The lengh of a rectangle is 3 metre more than 3 times its breadth. Its diagonal is 1 metre more than the length. Find the lengh and breadth of the rectangle. [Score: 4, Time: 7 Minutes]
Answer:
Sidc of rectangle = x
Length =3x +3, Diagonal = 3x + 4 (1)
(3x + 4)2 = x2 + (3x + 3)2 (1)
9x2 + 24 x + 16 = x2 + 9x2 + 18x + 9
x2 – 6x = 7, x2 – 6x = 7 (1)
x2 – 6x + 9 = 16, (x – 3)2 = 16
x – 3 = 4, x = 4 + 3 = 7 (1)
length of rectangle = 3 × 7 + 3 = 24 metre breadth of rectangle = 7 metre

Question 47.
In the figure AB is the diameter of the circle. CD = 10 cm. BC is 15 cm less than Ac. Find AB?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 54
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 55

Question 48.
The chords AB and CD of a circle intersect at. If MA = 6 cm, MB = 8 cm and CD = 16 cm. Find MC and MD.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 56
Answer:
CD = 16 centimetre MC = 8 – x, MD = 8 + x
then, MA x MB = MC x MD (1)
6 x 8 = (8 – x)(8 + x)
48 = 64 – x2, x2 = 16, x = 4 (1)
MC = 8 – 4 = 4 centimetre (1)
MD = 8 + 4 = 12 centimetre (1)

Question 49.
In the figure, AD is drawn perpendicular to the side opposite to the right angled vertex A. BC-13 cm and AD=6 cm.
a. Take BD = x and express DC in terms of x.
b. Frame a second-degree equation and find the lengths BD and DC. [Score : 4, Time: 5 Minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 57
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 58

Question 50.
Can the sum of a number and it’s reciprocal be 2/3? [Score: 4, Time: 5 Minutes]
Answer:
Number = x , then its reciprocal = 1/x
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 59
Since the discriminant is negative. We do not get a solution.
∴ The sum of a numbrer and it’s reciprocal never gives 2/3. (1)

Question 51.
The sum of a number and its reciprocal is \(\frac { 13 }{ 6 }\) What is the number ? [Score: 4, Time: 5 Minutes]
Answer:
Let number = x, then its reciprocal = 1/x
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 60

Question 52.
The sum of a number is 12 and sum of its reciprocal is \(\frac { 3 }{ 8 }\) Find the numbers. [Score: 4, Time: 5 Minutes]
Answer:
If we take numbers as 6 + x, 6 – x (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 61

Question 53.
Consider an arithmetic sequence with common difference 20. If the sum of reciprocals of two consecutive terms of this sequence is 1/24, find the first term of the arithmetic sequence. [Score: 4,Time: 6 Minutes]
Answer:
’Terms x – 10, x + 10 (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 62
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 63

Question 54.
Prove that the difference of a number and its reciprocal will be always positive. [Score: 3, Time : 5 Minutes]
Answer:
Number = x, its reciprocal = 1/x (1)
then, \(x-\frac{1}{x}=k\) (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 64
Since k being a positive number, k2 + 4 also negative. (1)

Question 55.
In copying a second-degree equation, the number without x was written as -30 in¬stead of 30. The answers found were 15 and -2. What are the answers of the correct problem? [Score: 5, Time: 8 Minutes]
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 65

Second Degree Equations Exam oriented Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Question 56.
Find two numbers whose sum is 6 and product is 9.
Answer:
’First number = x
Second number = 6 – x
x ( 6 – x ) = 9
6x – x2 = 9
0 = 9 – 6x + x2
x2 – 6x + 9 = 0
(x – 3)2 = 0
(x – 3 ) (x – 3) = 0
x = 3
Numbers are 3, 3.

Question 57.
Ammu is 7 years younger than Divya. If 2 is added to the product of their ages, we get 200. Find their ages.
Answer:
Age of Ammu = x
Age of Divya = x – 7
x(x – 7)+2 = 200
x2 – 7x + 2 = 200
x2 – 7x – 198 = 0 (x – 18) (x + 11) = 0
x= 18, x = – 11
(age will not be a negative number)
Age of Ammu = 18,
Age of Divya =18 – 7 = 11

Question 58.
In order to solve a quadratic equation, Arun did the following steps. Find the values of x by completing each step.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 66
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 67

Question 59.
The perimeter of a rectangle is 42 cm and its diagonal is 15 cm. Find the dimensions of the rectangle.
Answer:
Let breadth = x; perimeter = 2 (length + breadth) length + breadth = 42/2 = 21
∴ length = 21 – x
x2 + (21 – x) = 152
x2 + 441 – 42x + x2 = 225
2x2 + 216 – 42x =0
x2 – 21x + 108 = 0
(x – 12) (x – 9) = 0
x = 12 or x = 9
breadth = 9 unit
length = 12 unit

Question 60.
If the equation 4x2 – 5 x + k = 0 has two equal solutions. Find the value of k.
Answer:
If there is one solution, the discriminant = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 68

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Question 61.
The product of a number and the number 8 more than it is 105.
a. What is the least number to be added to make the product a perfect square?
b. What are the numbers in the problem?
Answer:
a. Let the number be x, then second number is x+ 8
x(x + 8) = 105
x2 + 8x = 105
The number to be added to get a perfect square is 16
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 69

Question 62.
On Arts day, 180 sweets were distributed equally among the students. Tasting one sweet Deepa said, “It is a pity that 9 of our friends are absent today.”
Hearing this Deepu said, “Because of that we got one sweet more.”
a. Find out the total number of students,
b. How many students were present on that day?
Answer:
a. Let the number of students = n
Number of sweets given to one student = \(\frac { 180 }{ n }\)
Since 9 students were absent = \(\frac { 180 }{ n-9 }\)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 70

b. Total present = 45 – 9 = 36

Question 63.
One of the perpendicular side of a right angled triangle has length 4 cm more than twice of the other side. It has surface area 80 cm2. Find out the lengths of the perpendicular sides.
Answer:
Let one of the perpendicular side = x
Second side = 2x + 4, Area = 80
1/2 × (2x + 4) = 80
2x2 + 4x = 160
x2 + 2x = 80
x2 + 2x + 12 = 80 +12
(x + 1)2 = 81
x +1 = ± 9
x + 1 = 9
x = 8
x = – 10 cannot be accepted as – ve sign cannot exist for the length of the side
∴ One side = 8cm
Second side = 2 × 8 + 4 = 20 cm

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 4)

Question 64.
Reji’s father bought several note books of the same price. Total price Rs. 360. If the price of each book were less by 2 rupees, he would get 2 books more.
a. Find the number of books if the price of one book is x.
b. Find the number of books if the price of one books is less by 2 rupees.
c. Form a quadratic equation.
d. Find the number of books bought.
Answer:
(a) Price of each book be x rupees,
No. of Notebooks = \(\frac { 360 }{ x }\)

(b) If the cost of each book is Rs (x – 2)
No. of books brought for Rs. 360 = \(\frac { 360 }{ x – 2 }\)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 71

Question 65.
1235 Sacks of rice is to be brought from Trivandrum to Kottayam. For this a minitruck takes 6 trips more than that of an ordinary truck. An ordinary truck can carry 30 sacks more than that of a mini truck. Find the capacity of each truck.
Answer:
Let the capacity of mini truck be x sacks and ordinary truck be x + 30 sacks
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 72
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 73

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 5)

Question 66.
a. The sum of a number and it’s reciprocal is \(\frac { 25 }{ 12 }\) What is the number?
b. Prove that the sum of a positive number and it’s reciprocal is always greater than or equal to 2.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 74

Free Limit using Substitution Calculator – Find limits using the substitution method step-by-step.

Question 67.
Sum of the area of two squares is 500 m2. If the difference of their perimeters is 40m, find the sides of the two squares.
Answer:
Let the side of the squares be x and y meters.
According to the condition,
x2 + y2 = 500 (1)
4x – 4y = 40
(x – y) = 10
y = x – 10
Substituting the value of y in (1), we get
x2 + (x – 10)2 – 500
2x2 – 20x – 400 = 0
x2 – 10x – 200 = 0
x = 20 or x = – 10
As the side cannot be negative, x = 20
Hence, side of the first square, x = 20 m
Side of the second square, y = 20 – 10 = 10 m

Question 68.
a By increasing the speed of a bus by 10 km/hr, it takes one and half hours less to cover a journey of 450km. Find the original speed of the bus.
b. 250 Rupees is divided equally among a certain number of children. If there were 25 children more, each would have received 50 paise less. Find the number of children.
Answer:
Let speed of the bus be x km/hr
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 75
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 76

Second Degree Equations Memory Map

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 77

The value of x in the second-degree equations can be found out by mainly 3 ways.
1. Factorization
2. Completing the square
3. By using equation
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 78
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 79
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 4 Second Degree Equations - 80

Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept Notes Kerala Syllabus

You can Download Gas Laws Mole Concept Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemsitry Solutions Chapter 2 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Chemistry Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept Solutions

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus 10th Text Book Page No: 33

→ Complete the table 2.1
Gas Laws And Mole Concept Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus 10th
Answer:
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Kerala Syllabus

→ If a gas which is kept in a cylinder having a volume of 1 liter, is completely transferred to another 5-liter cylinder then what will be the volume of the gas?
Answer:
5 liter

→ Press the piston after closing the nozzle of the syringe. What will happen to the volume of air inside the syringe?
Answer:
Volume decreases

→ Explain it on the basis of the distance between the molecules of gas and their freedom of movement?
Answer:
Gases molecules are separated from each other by a large distance. As a result, there will be a lot of vacant spaces. So as the piston is pressed, the molecUles come closer and this volume decreases

Use the Molarity Calculator Chemistry to calculate the mass, volume or concentration required to prepare a solution of compound of known molecular weight.

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Kerala Syllabus  Text Book Page No: 34

→ What is the specialty of the movement of the molecules?
Answer:
Molecules move in all possible directions

→ What assumption can be made regarding the possibility of collision between gas molecules?
Answer:
The molecules collide each other.

→ Which energy gained due to the movement of molecules? Potential energy/Kinetic, energy.
Answer:
Kinetic energy

HSSLive.Guru

→ When a gas is heated, temperature is increased. What happens to the movement of molecules if the temperature of the gas is increased?
Answer:
Speed of motion increased

→ Asa result, what happens to the energy of the molecules?
Answer:
Energy of molecules increase

→ Volume
Answer:
The space needed for a substance to occupy is its volume. The volume of solids and liquids are definite. But the volume of a gas is the volume of its container in which it is present.

→ Pressure
Answer:
The force exerted at unit area is pressure, Therefore, force at unit area/ pressure
\(=\frac{\text {Force exerted at the surface}}{\text {Area of the surface}}\)

→ Temperature
Answer:
The average Kinetic energy of all the molecules in a substance is its temperature

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Questions And Answers Text Book Page No: 35
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Questions And Answers

→ Is there any change in the number of molecules?
Answer:
No

→ What happens to the pressure when the volume is decreased?
Answer:
Pressure increases

→ What is the specialty of the movement of the molecules?
Answer:
Molecules move in all possible directions

Mass to Moles Calculator — The quantity of substance n in moles is equal to the mass m in grams divided by the molar mass M in g/mol.

HSSLive.Guru

→ What changes can you observe in the volume of the gas inside the syringe?
Answer:
Volume is formed to be decreasing.

→ What about decreasing the pressure?
Answer:
Volume increasing

→ What relation do you arrive at between pressure and volume of the gas?
Answer:
As pressure increases volume decreases when pressure is reduced volume increased.

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Kerala Syllabus 10th Text Book Page No: 36
Gas Laws And Mole Concept Kerala Syllabus 10th

→ The size of the air bubbles rising from the bottom of an aquarium increases. Can you explain the reason?
Answer:
As the bubbles move upward, the pressure on them decreases. This causes increase in volume. So as the bubbles move upward, their size increases.

→ What do you observe?
Answer:
Ink rises through the tube

HSSLive.Guru

→ What is the reason for the rising of the ink upwards?
Answer:
When the bottle is placed in hot water, air inside the bottle becomes hot. This causes expansion of air. This pushes ink in the tube. So ink rises through the tube.

→ What did you observe on cooling the bottle after taking it out? Why?
Answer:
Ink comes down. Because as air becomes cool, Its volume decreases.

→ What can you infer about the relation between the volume and temperature of a gas?
Answer:
When temperature is increased volume of gas increases. Similarly, when temperature is decreased, The volume decreases.

→ Complete the table 2.2
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Notes Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 2
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Notes Kerala Syllabus Text Book Page No: 37

→ In which unit is the temperature stated?
Answer:
Kelvin (K)

→ What happens to the volume when the temperature is increased?
Answer:
Volume increases.

→ If an inflated ballon is kept in sunlight, it will burst. What may be the reason for this?
Answer:
When the ballon placed in sun light, temperature increases. so volume of air inside the ballon increases. Thus ballon expands and finally bursts.

→ What happens to the volume of the gas when its pressure is decreased or temperature is increased. volume increased/decreased.
Answer:
volume increased

HSSLive.Guru

→ If the temperature and pressure are kept constant how can we increase the volume?
Answer:
Fill some more gas.

→ Fill the cylinder with a little more gas. Does the number of molecules increase or decrease now?
Answer:
Then number of molecules increases

→ What is the relation between the volume and number of molecules?
Answer:
When the number of molecules increases, volume increases.

→ According to Avagadro’s law when the temperature and pressure remain constant on which factor does the volume of gas depend?
Answer:
Depends on the number of molecules.

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 2 Text Book Page No: 38

→ If the mass of a coin 5g, then what will be the mass of thousand coins?
Answer:
5 x 1000 = 5000g

→ If the mass of coins in a bag is 50,000 g, then how many coins will be there?
Answer:
\(\frac { 50000 }{ 5 }\) = 10000

→ Like this we can calculate the number of coins on the basis of mass. Can‘t we?
Answer:
Yes, it becomes easy.

→ Is their any relation between the mass and the number, if the particles are of the same mass.
Answer:
Yes

HSSLive.Guru

→ What may be the method of stating the mass of atoms?
Answer:
The mass of an atom is compared to the mass, of another atom and expressed as a number which shows how many times it is heavier than the other atom. The atomic mass of elements are expressed by considering 1/12 mass of an atom of carbon-12 as one unit.

→ What do you understand from the statement that the atomic mass of Helium is 4?
Answer:
Atomic mass of Helium is 4. That is mass of one atom of Helium is 4 times of 1/12th mass of carbon atom.

Enter the formula and press “calculate” to work out the molar mass calculator with steps, the number of moles in 1 g and the percentage by mass of each element.

Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 2 Kerala Syllabus Text Book Page No: 39

→ How many oxygen atoms combine with one carbon atom?
Answer:
2 Oxygen atoms

→ How many oxygen atoms combine with 1000. carbon atoms?
Answer:
2000 oxygen atoms.

→ How many atoms are present in 12g carbon?
Answer:
6.022 x 10B carb Answer:
2 × 6.022 × 1023 oxygen atoms

→ What will be the mass of these tabs ?
Answer:
2 × 16 = 32g

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Extra Questions 10th Text Book Page No: 40

→ Complete the table 2.5
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 7
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 8
→ 1GAM sodium means 23g sodium. This contains 6.022 × 1023 atoms. If so, how many GAM is present in 69 g sodium? How many atoms are present in it?
Answer:
\(\frac { 69 }{ 23 }\) = 3 GAM,
3 × 6.22 × 1023 sodium atoms.

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus 10th Text Book Page No: 41

→ How many GAMs are present in each the samples given below? Calculate the, number of atoms present in each of die sample ? (Atomic mass N= 14, O= 16)
1. 42g Nitrogen,
2. 80g Oxygen
Answer:
1. 42g Nitrogen:
No.of GAM = \(\frac { 42 }{ 14 }\) = 3GAM
No.of atoms = 3 × 6.022 × 1023

2. 80g Oxygen:
No.of GAM = \(\frac { 80 }{ 16 }\) = 5GAM
No.of atoms = 5 × 6.022 × 1023

→ Complete the table 2.6
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 9
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 10

→ Calculate the molecular mass of glucose (C6 H12 O6) and sulphuric acid (H2 SO4)
Answer:
Molecular mass of glucose
= 6 × 12 + 12 × 1 + 6 × 16 = 72 + 12 + 96 = 180 g
Molecular mass of sulphuric acid
2 × 1+ 1 × 32 + 4 × 16 = 2 + 32 + 64 = 98 g

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Questions And Answers Pdf 10th Text Book Page No: 42

→ Complete the table 2.7
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 11
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 12
→ What is the molecular mass of oxygen?
Answer:
32 g

→ How many GMM is present in 32g oxygen?
Answer:
1 GMM

→ How many molecules are present in it?
Answer:
6.022 × 1023 oxygen molecules

HSSLive.Guru

→ How many GMM is present in 28 gm nitrogen?
Answer:
1 GMM

→ How many molecules are present in N2?
Answer:
6.022 × 1023 N2, molecules

→ How many GMM is present in 18 gm water?
Answer:
1 GMM

→ How many H2O molecules arf present in it?
Answer:
6.022 × 1023 H2O Molecules

→ Calculate the number of GMM present in 96g oxygen?
Answer:
\(\frac { 96 }{ 32 }\) = 3GMM

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus Text Book Page No: 43

How many GMM are present in each of the given samples? Calculate the number of molecules present in each sample ?

→ 360 g glucose (Molecular mass = 180)
Answer:
No.of GMM = \(\frac { 360 }{ 180 }\) = 2 GMM
No. of molecules = 2 × 6.022 × 1023

→ 90g water (Molecular mass = 18)
Answer:
No.of GMM = \(\frac { 90}{ 18 }\) = 5 GMM
No. of molecules = 5 × 6.022 × 1023

→ How many molecules of water are present . in one mole of water ?
Answer:
6.022 × 1023 water molecules

HSSLive.Guru

→ What is its mass?
Answer:
18 g

→How many GMM is present in it?
Answer:
1 GMM

Sslc Chemistry 2nd Chapter Notes Kerala Syllabus Text Book Page No: 44

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 13

22.4 L of a gas at STP = 1 mole
44.8 Lofa gas at STP = = 2 mole
224 L of a gas at STP = \(\frac { 224 }{ 22.4 }\) = 10 mole

Gas Law And Mole Concept Kerala Syllabus 10th Text Book Page No: 45

Complete the flow chart given below, related to one mole of substance.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 14
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 15

Gas Laws Mole Concept Let Us Assess

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Notes Kerala Syllabus 10th Question 1.
Examine the date given in the table (Temperature and number of molecules of the gas are kept constant).
a. Calculate P × V
b. Which is the gas law related to this?
Answer:
a. 8L atm
b. Boyle’s law

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Pdf Kerala Syllabus 10th Question 2.
Analyse the situations given below and explain the gas law associated with it.
a. When an inflated balloon is immersed in water, its size decreases.
b. A balloon is being inflated
Answer:
a. Avogadro’s law
b. Boyle’s law

Gas Laws And Mole Concept Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
Certain data regarding various gases kept under the same conditions of temperature and pressure are given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 16
a. Complete the table?
b. Which gas law is applicable here?
Answer:
a.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 17
b. Avogadro’s law

Hss Live Guru 10th Chemistry Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
a. Calculate the mass of 112 L CO2 gas kept at STP (molecular mass = 44)
b. How many molecules of CO2 are present in it?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 18

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 2 Gas Laws And Mole Concept Question 5.
Calculate the volume of 170g of ammonia at STP ? (Molecular mass 17)
Answer:
Number of moles = \(\frac { Given mass }{ GMM }\) = \(\frac { 170 }{ 17 }\) = 10 moles
Volume at STP = mole × 22.4 L = 10 × 22.4 L = 224 L

Hsslive Chemistry 10th Kerala Syllabus Question 6.
Find out the number of moles of molecules present in the samples given below (GMM-N2=28g, H2O= 18g)
a. 56g N2
b. 90g H2O
Answer:
a. Number of mol molecules = \(\frac { Mass }{ GMM }\) = \(\frac { 56 }{ 28 }\) = 2

b. Number of mol molecules = \(\frac { 90 }{ 18 }\) = 5

HSSLive.Guru

10th Chemistry 2nd Chapter Kerala Syllabus Question 7.
The molecular mass of ammonia is 17.
a. How much is the GMM of ammonia?
b. Find out the number of moles of molecules present in 170g of ammonia.
c. Calculate the number of ammonia molecules present in the above sample of ammonia?
Answer:
a. GMM of ammonia (NH3) = 14 + 3 × 1 = 17g = 1GMM

b. Number of mole molecules = \(\frac { Mass }{ GMM }\) = \(\frac { 170 }{ 17 }\) = 10

c. Number Of molecules = Mole × 6.022 × 1023
= 10 × 6.022 × 1023

Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 2 Kerala Syllabus Question 8.
The molecule’s mass of oxygen is 32.
a. What is the GMM of O2
b. How many moles of molecules are there in 64g of oxygen? How many molecules are there in it?
c. Calculate the number of oxygen atoms present in 64g of oxygen?
Answer:
a. GMM of O2 =2 × 16 = 32 g

b. No. of mole molecules = \(\frac { Mass }{ GMM }\) = \(\frac { 64 }{ 32 }\) = 2
Number of molecules = mole × 6.022 × 1023
= 2 × 6.022 × 1023
c. c. Number of atoms = Number of molecules × number of atoms in one molecules Number of atoms in one molecules of oxygen (O2) =2
∴ total number of atoms = 2 × 6.022 × 1023 × 2
=4 × 6.022 × 1023

Gas Laws Mole Concept Extended activities

Hss Live Guru Chemistry 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
How many grams of carbon and oxygen are required to get the same number of atoms as in one gram of Helium?
Answer:
GAM of Helium = 4 g
Number of mole atoms in 4 g of Helium = 6.022 × 1023
Number of atoms in 1 gofHelium = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) × 6.022 × 1023
GAM ofCarbon = 12 g
∴ Number of atoms in 12gofCarbon=6.022 x 1023
∴ Mass required for \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) × 6.022 × 1023
Carbon atoms = \(3 \mathrm{g}\left(12 \times \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
GAM of Oxygen = 16 g.
∴ Number of atoms in 16 g of Oxygen = 6.022 × 1023
∴ Mass required for \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) × 6.022 × 1023
Oxygen atoms = \(4 \mathrm{g}\left(16 \times \frac{1}{4}\right)\)

HSSLive.Guru

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Guide Question 2.
Examine the samples given:
a. 20 g of He
b. 44.8 L of NH3 at STP
c. 67.2 L of N2 at STP
d. 1 mol of H2SO4
e. 180 g of water.
i. Arrange the samples in increasing order of the number of molecules in each.
ii. What will be the ascending order of the total number of atoms?
iii. What will be the masses of samples b, c, and d?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 19
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 20

Mole Concept Class 11 Question 3.
In 90 grams of water.
a. How many molecules are present?
b.What will be the total number of atoms?
c. What will be the total number of electrons in this sample?
Answer:
a. GMM= 18 g
∴ Number of molecules
\(\frac { 90 }{ 18 }\) × 6.022 × 1023 = 5 × 6.022 × 1023 18

b. ∴ Number of atoms = 3 × 5 × 6.022 × 1023 = 15 × 6.022 × 1023

c. Electrons in 1 H atom = 1
Electrons in 1 O atom = 8
Total electrons in H2O molecule? 10
Total electrons in 90 g H2O = 10 × 5 × 6.022 × 1023 = 50 × 6.022 × 1023

Gas Laws Mole Concept Orukkam Questions and Answers

Question 1.
a. Complete the table based on the data given in the box.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 21
b. Express atomic weight and molecular weight in grams. How many moles is this? Find out the number of Atoms or molecules in it?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 22
Answer:
a.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 23

b.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 24

Question 2.
Complete the table based on the molecules given in the first column and then answer the question given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 25
a. 10 Mole of water = …………. g …………… Molecules
5 mole of CaO = ……….. g ………… Molecules
2 Mole of H2SO4 = …………. g ………… Molecules
1/2 Mole of Al2O3= …………. g ………….. Molecules
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 27

a. 10 Mole of water = 10 × 18 = 180g, 10 × 6.022 × 1023 Molecules
5 mole of CaO = 280g, 5 × 6.022 × 1023 Mol-ecules
2 Mole of H2SO4 = 196g, 2 × 6.022 × 1023 Mol-ecules
2- Mole of AlO = 100g, 1/2 × 6.022 × 1023

Question 3.
Complete the table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 27
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 29
Question 4.
Complete the data.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 30
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 31
Question 5.
Based on the reaction given below, write the answers for the questions.
N2 + 3H2 → 2NH3 ;
a. Write the ratio of reactant molecules and product molecules.
b. How many moles of Ammonia forms when we take 2 moles of Nitrogen and six moles of Hydrogen?
c. Two moles of Nitrogen and three moles of hydrogen are taken in jar? Will they react together?
d. How many moles of Nitrogen and Hydrogen is needed for rearing 20 moles of Ammonia?
Answer:
a. 1:3:2
b. 2 Mole
c. No
d. 10 Mole Nitrogen 30 Mole Hydrogen

HSSLive.Guru

Question 6.
Balance the given equation and then write down the answers for the questions given below.
CH4+O2 → CO2 + H2O
a. How many moles of C02 formed when 20 moles of Methane burns in air?
2C2H6 + 7O2 → 4CO2 + 6H2O
b. Based on the equation above, How many moles of CO2 is formed when 10 moles of Ethane is burned in air ?
Answer:
a. When 1 mole of methane bum in air 1 mole of CO2 gas is formed.
When 20 moles methane burn 20
moles of CO2 are formed.
The molecular weight of 20 moles = 20 × 44 = 880 g

b. When 2 moles of ethane is burned 4 moles of CO2 is formed.
The number of moles of CO2 when 1 mole of ethane is burned = 4/2 = 2 mole.
The number of moles when 10 moles of ethane bums = 2 x 10 = 20 mole.
Weight of 20 moles = 20 × 44 = 880 g

Question 7.
Based on the given equation write down the answers.
2H2+ O2 → H2O
a. How much Oxygen and Hydrogen is needed for making 1800g of water vapor?
b. How many moles of Oxygen is needed for the reaction with one mole of Hydrogen?
Answer:
a. 36 g of water vapour can be made using 4 g hydrogen.
The amount of hydrogen required to make 1 g water vapour = 4/36
The amount of hydrogen required to produce 1800 g watervapour= 4/26 × 1800 = 200 g
Mass of oxygen = 1800 – 200 = 1600 g

b. 0.5 Mole

Gas Laws Mole Concept Evaluation Questions

Question 1.
Find out the number of moles of hydrogen and Oxygen atoms present in 10 moles of HCI.
Answer:
One mole HC1 contains 1 mole of hydrogen and 1 mole of chlorine.
Hydrogen contained in 10 moles of HC1 = 1 × 10 =10 mol,
Clatom = 10 × 1 = 10 mol

Question 2.
Find out the mass of Hydrogen atom and chlorine atom in 10 moles of HCI.
Answer:
Mass of 10 mole hydrogen atom = 10 × 1 = 10g
Mass of 10 mole chlorine atom =10 × 35.5 = 355 g.

Question 3.
a Find out the mass of one mole of CaCO3. How many moles of calcium present in 1000g CaCO3?
b. How many moles of Oxygen present in 1000gms of CaCO3?
Answer:
a. Mass of 1 mole of CaCO3 = 40 + 12 + 48 = 100 gram.
No of moles ofCa in 1000 g CaCO3 = \(\frac { 1000 }{ 100 }\) = 10 mol

b. No of moles of Ca in 10 moles CaCO3 =10 × 1 = 10 mol
No of moles of oxygen in 10 moles of CaCO3 = 10 × 3 = 30mol.

HSSLive.Guru

This Combined Gas Law Calculator can help you estimate either the pressure, temperature or the volume of gas.

Question 4.
Find out number of moles of water formed when 4gms of Hydrogen and 32 gms of Oxygen combined together. What is the result when 5 gms of Hydrogen and 32 gms of Oxygen combined together?
Answer:
Ans. When 4 g of hydrogen and 32g of oxygen are combined 36 g of water \(\frac { 37 }{ 18 }\) = 2 mol
5g H + 32 gO → 37g H2O
No of moles in 3 7 g of water = \(\frac { 37 }{ 18 }\) = 2.055 mol

Question 5.
a How much grams of NaCl is needed for making 2 molar solution (NaCl – 58.5). Wh-at is the amount of water needed for this?
b. How will you change a two molar solution of Sodium Chloride into 5 major?
Answer:
a. Mass of 2 moles of NaCl = 2 × 58.5 = 117 g
1 liter water is required for this.

b. When 2 moles of NaCl is dissolved in 4 liter of water 5 molar solution is obtained.

Finally, you encounter how to find molar concentration step-by-step manually, and if your preference indulges with instant calculations.

Question 6.
How many moles of Cl2 present in 11.2 L of same in STP? Find out the mass of this?
Answer:
No.of moles present in 11.2 litre of chlorine = \(\frac { 11.2 }{ 22.4 }\) = 0.5 mol
Mass of 0.5 moles of chlorine = 0.5 × 35.5 = 17.759 g.

Question 7.
Find out the mass of Oxygen atom in 44.8L of CO2 in STP.
Answer:
No of moles in 44.8 litre of CO2 \(\frac { 44.8 }{ 22.4 }\) 2 mol,
1 Mole of CO2 contains 1 mole of C and 1 mole of O2
∴ 2 Mole of CO2 contains 2 mole of O2 or 4 mole of oxygen atom.
Man of oxygen atom 4 × 16 = 64 g

Question 8.
Find out the amount of CO2 formed when the burning of one mole of Ethane.
Answer:
2 moles of CO2 is formed when 1 mole of ethane burns.
Mass of 2 moles of CO2 = 2 × 44 = 88g

HSSLive.Guru

Question 9.
Why are atomic mass of some elements are infractions ?
Answer:
The atomic masses of some elements are infractions because they exist as a mixture of isotopes of different masses. The fractional atomic masses arise because of this mixture.
Average mass = \(\frac { Total mass of all atoms }{ numbers of atoms }\)

Gas Laws Mole Concept SCERT Questions and Answers

Question 1.
One GAM substance contains Avogadro number of particles in it.
a. How many particles are there in Avogadro number ?
b. Write the number of atoms present in each of the following.
i. 32g Sulphur
ii. 32g Oxygen
iii. 32g Carbon
(Atomic mass S = 32, O = 16, C = 12)
Answer:
a. 6.022 × 1023
b. i.6.022 × 1023
ii. 2 x 6.022 × 1023
iii \(\frac { 32 }{ 12 }\) × 6.022 × 1023

Question 2.
a. Group the following into pairs having same number of atoms.
A. 2g Hydrogen
B. 16g Oxygen
C. 14g Nitrogen
D. 8g Helium (Atomic mass H=1, O= 16, N =14, He=4)
b. How many atoms are present in each pair?
Answer:
a. A, D2g Hydrogen, 8g Helium
B, C 16g Oxygen, 14g Nitrogen

b. A, D – 2 × 6.022 × 1023
B,C – 6.022 × 1023

Question 3.
N2 + 3H2 → 2NH3
a. What is the ratio between the reactant molecules in the above reaction?
b. Complete the following table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 32

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 33
Answer:
a. 1:3
b. a – 2 NH3,
b – l H2,
c – 12H2,
d – 4NH3

Question 4.
2H2 + O2 → 2H2O
a. What is the ratio between the reactant molecules in the above reaction?
b How many O2 molecules are required to react 100 H2 molecules completely?
c. How many water molecules are formed when 1000 H2 molecules are reacted completely
Answer:
a. 2:1
b. 50 O2 molecules
c. 1000 H2O molecules

Question 5.
Complete the following table. (All the elements given are diatomic. Atomic mass O=16, N=14, CI=35.5)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 34
Answer:
a. 6.022 × 1023
b. 6.022 × 1023
c. 71 g
d. 14 g

Question 6.
A sample of substances are given.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 35
Hint: Molecular mass NH3 = 17, N2 = 28, H2SO4 = 98, O2=32
a. Which of these samples have same number of molecules?
b. Which of these samples has least number of molecules?
Answer:
a. 68g NH3, 128gO3
b. 49 g H2SO4

HSSLive.Guru

Question7.
Pick out the correct statements from the following. Also, correct the incorrect statements.
a The number of molecules present in 1 mol hydrogen and 1 mol oxygen are same,
b. 2 mol chlorine contains 4 x 6.022 x 1023 chlorine molecules.
c. The mass of 1/2 mol nitrogen gas is 14 g.
d. 0.5 mol water has the mass 9g. There are 6.022 × 1023 H20 molecules in it. (Atomic mass H = 1, O = 16, CI= 35.5, N= 14)
Answer:
Correct statements – a, c
No. of molecules in 2 mol chlorine is 2 × 6.022 × 1023
Mass of 0.5 mol water is 9g. So it contains 0.5 × 6.022 × 1023 H2O molecules.

Question 8.
Complete the following.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 36
Answer:
a. 2 × 6.022 × 1023
b. 1GMM
c. 6.022 × 1023

Question 9.
67.2 L of Carbon dioxide gas is filled in a cylinder at STP.
a. Calculate the mass of CO2 present in it. (Atomic mass- C = 12, O = 16)
b. Calculate the number of molecules present in the cylinder.
Answer:
a. Molecular mass of CO2=12 × 1+16 × 2 = 12 + 32 = 44
No. of moles in 67.2L CO2 at STP = \(\frac { 67.2L }{ 22.4L }\) = 3
b. 3 × 6.022 × 1023

Question 10.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 37
Answer:
a. 2
b. 2 × 6.022 × 1023
c. 17 g
d. 51 g
e. 3
f. 3 × 22.4 L

Question 11.
CH4 + 2O2 → CO2 + 2H2O
The equation describes the combustion of methane in air.
a. How many moles of oxygen is required for the complete combustion of 16g CH4?
b. Calculate the amount of CO2 formed when 100g of CH4 is completely burnt?
Answer:
a. 2 mol
b. Amount of CO2 produced by the combustion of 16g CH4 = 44g
Amount of CO2 produced by the combustion of 1 gm CH4 = \(\frac { 44 }{ 16 }\) g
Amount of CO2 produced by the combustion of 100g CH4 = \(\frac { 44 }{ 16 }\) × 100g

HSSLive.Guru

Question 12.
45 g glucose is taken in a beaker and made into 1 L (MM = 180).
a. Calculate the molarity of the solution,
b. Above solution is made up to 2 L by adding more water. What will be the molarity of the resultant solution?
c. How will you prepare IM solution of glucose with the same quantity (45 g) of glucose?
Answer:
a. 0.25
b. M = \(\frac { n }{ v }\) = \(\frac { 0.25 }{ 2 }\)
c. Add 250 ml water in 45 g glucose

Question 13.
Two gases occupy equal volume at STP are shown below.
(Atomic mass S = 32, O =16, N = 14
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 38
a. Find the mass of the gas in B.
b. Calculate the number of molecules present in B.
Answer:
a. No. of moles in 320g SO2 = \(\frac { 320 }{ 64 }\) = 5
Mass of 5 mol NO2 = 5 × 46 = 230 g
b. No.of molecules present in B = 5 × 6.022 × 1023

Question 14.
The balanced chemical equation of a reaction (at STP) is given below.
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(g)
a. Calculate the volume of oxygen required to combine completely with 224 L of the hydrogen at STP.
b. Calculate the mass of water formed as a result of the reaction (a).
Answer:
a. 112 L
b. Volume of water obtained when 224 L hydrogen completely reacts with oxygen = 224 L
No. of moles in 224 L water = \(\frac { 224 }{ 22.4 }\) = 10
Massof 10 mol water = 10 × 18 = 180 g

Question 15.
Complete the table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 39
Hint: (MM – CO2 = 44, CH4 = 16, SO2 = 64)
Answer:
a. 67.2 l
b. 132 g
c. 1/4.
d. 4g
e. 11.2 L
f. 1/2.

Question 16.
Analyse the following equation
2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g)
a. Calculate the number of the moles of NO required to combine completely with 112 L of Oxygen at STP.
b. Calculate the mass of NO2 formed when 112L of oxygen reacts completely?
Answer:
a. 10 mol
b. 2NO(g) + O2(g) → 2NO2(g) (2 : 1: 2)
No. of moles in 112L O2 = 5 mol
According to equation no. of moles of NO2 obtained by reacting oxygen completely with nitric oxide = 2
No. of moles of NO2 obtained by reacting 5 mol oxygen completely = 10
Massof 10 mol NO2 = 10 × 46 = 460g

HSSLive.Guru

Question 17.
The chemical equation of the decomposition of calcium carbonate is given below.
CaCO3→ CaO + CO2
(HintMM: CaCO3 – 100, CaO – 56, CO2 – 44)
a. Calculate the mass of CaCO3 required to get 224 g of CaO?
b. Calculate the number of CO2 molecules fronted when 224g of CaO is obtained?
Answer:
a. CaCO3 → CaO + CO2
100g 56g 44g
I I : I
Amount of CaCO3 required to get 56g of CaO = 100g
Amount of CaCO3 required to get 1 g of CaO = \(\frac { 100 }{ 56 }\)
Amount of CaCO3 required to get 224 g of CaO = \(\frac { 100 }{ 56 }\) × 224 = 400g
b. 4 × 6.022 × 1023

Question 18.
You are requested to make 20 moles of NaCl into packets of 100g each. (Hint^Molecular mass of NaCl is 58.5)
a. How many packets of NaCl can be prepared?
b. Is there any NaCl remaining? If so, how much?
Answer:
a. Mass of 20 mol NaCl = 20 × 58.5 = 1170g
1170 g NaCl can be made into 11 packets with 100g each.
b. Remaining NaCl = 1170 – 1100 = 70g

Gas Laws Mole Concept Exam Oriented Questions and Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 1)

Question 1.
GAM of Hydrogen is 1 g.
a. How many number of atoms are there in 1 g of Hydrogen?
b. Find the mass of 1 atom of hydrogen.
Answer:
a. 1g hydrogen = 6.022 × 1023 atoms
b. Mass of 1 atom of hydrogen
= \(\frac{1 g}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}\) = 1.66 × 10-24 g

Question 2.
Number of molecules of substance is 3.011 × 1024.
a. What is the number of molecules of 1 mole of any substance?
b. Find the number of moles of 3.011 × 1024 molecules.
Answer:
a. 6.022 ×1023
b. Number of moles of molecules = \(\frac { Number of molecules }{ NA }\)
= \(\frac{3.011 \times 10^{24}}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=5\)

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Question 3.
Fill the patterns.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 40
Answer:
a. GMM
b. 22.4
c. Number of molecules
d. Number of molecules
e. Volume in litres
f. Mass

Question 4.
Identify the incorrect statements from those given with respect to the arrangements of molecules in gases.
a. The minute molecules are present without any freedom of movement
b. Collision take place between the molecules,
c. Increasing the number of molecules at constant volume causes the decrease in number of collisions.
d. The energy of molecules are comparatively high.
Answer:
a. The statements (a) and (c) are not correct

HSSLive.Guru

Question 5.
The pressure of 20L of a gas kept at 300 K is found to be 2 atoms. If the pressure is increased to 3 atom at the same temperature, what will be the new volume?
Answer:
According to Boyles law, PV = a constant
Therefore, P1 V1 = P2 V2
Here, P1 = 2atm V1 = 20L P2 = 3atm V2=?
∴ 2 × 20 = 3 × V2
Thus, V2 = \(\frac { 2 × 20 }{ 3 }\) = 13.3 L

Charles Law Calculator is a free online tool that displays the volume of gas that tends to expand when heated.

Question 6.
If the temperature of 5L of a gas at atmospheric pressure is changed from 200K to 50 K, what will be the volume?
Answer:
According to Charles law, \(\frac { V }{ T }\) = a constant
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 41

Question 7.
What will be mass of 89.6 L of ammonia (NH3) gas at STP?
Answer:
89.6 L of NH3 gas at STP = \(\frac { 89.6 }{ 22.4 }\) = 4 mol
GMM of NH3 = 14 + 3 = 17g
Mass = mole × GMM = 4 × 17 = 68g

Question 8.
8. a. What is molar volume?
b. What is the molar volueofa gas at STP?
Answer:
a. The volume of one mole of a gas is called molar volume,
b. 22.4 L

Question 9.
Look at the balanced equation given.
2NaOH + CO2 → Na2 CO3 + H20
a. Find out the mass of NaOH needed for 264 g CO2 to react completely.
b. Find out the total number of moles of water molecules when CO2 reacts.
Answer:
a. GMM of CO2 = 44 g
∴Number of moles in the molecule of 264 g CO2 = \(\frac { 264 }{ 44 }\) = 6
According to the equation NaOH needed for the reaction of 1 mole CO2= 2 moles
∴ NaOH needed for the reaction of 6 moles CO2 = 2 × 6 = 12 moles
GMM of NaOH = 23 + 16 + 1 = 40 g
Total mass of NaOH = 12 × 40 = 480 g

b. H2O formed when lmole CO2 reacts = 1 mole
∴ Total number of moles of water molecules when 6 mole CO2 reacts = 6 moles

HSSLive.Guru

Question 10.
2C4H10 + 13O2 → 8CO2 + 10H2O
This is the equation of ignition of cooking gas butane.
Calculate the volume of CO2 in STP during the complete ignition of 14 kg of cooking gas.
Answer:
Mass of Butane (C4H10) = 14 kg = 1400g
GMM of C4H10 = 4 × 12 + 10 × 1 = 58 g
∴ Number of moles in molecules = \(\frac { 1400 }{ 58 }\) = 241.38
Amount of CO2when 2 moles of C4 H10 ignites = 8 moles of C4H10 ignites = \(\frac { 8 }{ 2 }\) × 965.52 moles
∴ Volume of CO2 formed in STP
= 965.52 × 22.4 L = 21627.65 L

Question 11.
Write down the preparation of 100 ml NaOH solution of 0.1 M.
Answer:
GMM of NaOH = 40 g
Molarity = \(\frac{\text { Number of moles of solute }}{\text { Volume of solution in litres }}=\frac{\mathbf{n}}{\mathbf{v}}\)
M = 0.1 V=100ml = 0.1 L
0.1 = n/0.1
∴ n = 0.1 × 0.1 = 0.01
Mass needed to prepare 100 ml NaOH in 0.1M = 0.01 × 40 = 0.4g
Take 0.4 g NaOH in a beaker. Dissolve it Hilly by adding a little amount of water. Then, again add water to make it 100 ml.

Question 12.
The molarity of250 ml of Na2CO3 solution is 0.5 M. Find the mass of Na2CO3.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 42
Question 13.
63 g HNO3 is in the dilute solution of 200 ml HNO3 (Nitric acid). Find the molarity.
Answer:
a.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 43

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Question 14.
Some equations related to gas laws are given below.
i. V α P
ii. \(\frac { V }{ T }\) = a constant
iii. V α n
iv. Pv = a constant
a. Which of these are correct?
b. Write the gas law to which it is related for the correct equations.
Answer:
a. Equations (ii), (iii) and (iv) are correct

b. (ii) Charles law
(iii) Avogadro’s law
(iv) Boyles law

Question 15.
In 100 g of CaCO3
a. Find out the number of moles of each element and atom.
b. Find out the total number of atoms of each element.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 44

Question 16.
Fill the blanks in the given table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 45
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 46
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 47
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 48

Long Answer Type Questions (Spore 4)

Question 17.
See CO2 gas is taken in a cylinder provided with a piston. The cylinder is dipped in hot water.
a. What happens to the movement of CO2 molecules?
b. What change do you expect in the position of the piston?
c. What is the relation between temperature and the volume of a gas?
d State this gas law.
Answer:
a. As the temperature increase, the energy of molecules increases. This increases the speed of the motion of molecules.
b. Piston is pulled in the upward direction. So piston moves upward.
c. As temperature increases, volume increases.
d. At constant pressure, the volume of a definite mass of gas is directly proportional to the temperature in Kelvin scale. (Charles law)

HSSLive.Guru

Question 18.
The molecular formula of ammonium sulfate is (NH4)2SO4.
a. Find the gram molecular mass (GMM) of ammonium sulfate.
b. Calculate the number of molecules and atoms in 1.32g of ammonium sulfate.
Answer:
a. GMM of (NH4)2SO4
= (14+4) × 2 + 32 + 4 × 16 = 36 + 32 + 64
= 132 g
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 49
Question 19.
Fill in the blanks of the table given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 50
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 51

Question 20.
See the diagram given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 52
Answer:
a. 196g
b. 2 × 6.022 × 1023
c. 2 GMM
d. 2 × 6.022 × 1023

Question 21.
Write in pairs, equal number of atoms from those given below,
a. 2g Hydrogen
b. 16 g Oxygen
c. 14 g Nitrogen
d. 8 g Helium
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 53
Question 22.
Certain compounds and its masses are given,
i) 68 g NH3
ii) 28 g N2
iii) 9 g H2O
iv) 128 g O2
a. Which of these compounds have equal number of molecules?
b. How many molecules are there?
c. How many atoms are there in 9 g of water?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 54
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 2 Gas Laws Mole Concept 55

Question 23.
368 g NO 2gas is given. Find the answers of each one given below,
a. GMM of NO2
b. Number of moles of molecules of 368 g NO2
c. Number of molecules
d. Number of atoms
e. Volume in STP
Answer:
a. GMM of NO2
= 14 + 2 × 16 = 46 g

b. Number of mole = \(\frac { 368 }{ 46 }\) = 8

c. Number of molecules = Number of moles × NA
= 8 × 6.022 × 1023

d. Number of atoms = Number of atoms in one molecule × Number of molecules
= 3 × 8 × 6.022 × 1023 = 24 × 6.022 × 1023

e. Volume in STP = Number of moles × 22.4
L = 8 × 22.4 L = 179.2 L

HSSLive.Guru

Question 24.
Find out the GMMofthe following. Also find out the total number of atoms.
a. 20 g Nitrogen (H2)
b. 88.75 g Chlorine (Cl2)
c. 4 g Calcium (Ca2) ,
d. 7.75 g phosphorus (p4)
(H = 1, Cl =35.5, Ca =40, P=31)
Answer:
a. 20 g of hydrogen (H2): GMM = \(\frac { 20 }{ 2 }\) = 10
Number of molecules = 10 × 6.022 × 1023
Total number of atoms = 2 × 10 × 6.022 × 1023
= 20 × 6.022 × 1023

b. 88.75g of chlorine
Number of GMM = \(\frac { 88.75 }{ 71 }\) = 1.25
Number of molecules = 1.25 × 6.022 × 1023
Total number of atoms = 2 × 1.25 × 6.022 × 1023
= 2.5 × 6.022 × 1023

c. 4 g Calcium (Ca)
Number of GMM = \(\frac { 4 }{ 40 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 10 }\) = 0.1
Number of molecules = 0.1 × 6.022 × 1023
Total number of atoms = 1 × 0.1 × 6.022 × 1023
= 0.1 × 6.022 × 1023

d. 7.75 g Phosphorus Number of GMM = \(\frac { 7.75 }{ 31 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) = 0.25
Number of molecules = 0.25 × 6.022 × 1023

Solids Questions and Answers Class 10 Maths Chapter 8 Kerala Syllabus Solutions

You can Download Solids Questions and Answers, Activity, Notes PDF, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Maths Chapter 8 Solids Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Maths Chapter 8 Solids Notes

Textbook Page No. 191

Solids Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 1.
A square of side 5 centimetres, and four isosceles triangles!of base 5 centimetres and height 8 centimetres, are to be put together to make a square pyramid. How many square centimetres of paper is needed?
Answer:
Area of base = 5 × 5 = 25 cm2 Area of one triangle 1/2 × 5 × 8 = 20 cm2 Curved surface area = 4 × 20 5cm = 80 cm2
Paper is needed to make a square pyramid = 25 + 80 = 105 cm2
Solids Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Solids in Maths SSLC Question 2.
A toy is in the shape of a square pyramid of base edge 16 centimetres and slant height 10 centimetres. What is the total cost of painting 500 such toys, at 80 rupees per square metre?
Answer:
Surface Area of the toy
= 16 × 16 + 4 × 1/2 × 16 × 10
=256 + 320 = 576 cm2
Surface Area of 500 toys = 500 × 576 = 288000 cm2
Sslc Maths Chapter 8 Kerala Syllabus
Sslc Maths Solids Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Question 3.
The lateral faces of a square pyramid are equilateral triangles and the length of a base edge is 30 centimetres. What is its surface area?
Answer:
Lateral faces are equilateral surfaces Surface area
= Base Area + Curved surface area
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 85
= 900 + 900 √3
=900 + 1558.8 = 2458.8 cm2 = 2459 cm2
Sslc Maths Solids Equations Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

The Chebyshev’s theorem calculator counts the probability of an event being far from its expected value.

Sslc Maths Chapter 8 Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
The perimeter of the base of square^»yra- mid is 40 centimetres and the total length of all its edges is 92 centimetres. Calculate its surface area.
Answer:
Base perimeter = 4a = 40
a=10cm
Total length of edges = 92 cm
Length of total laterals edge = 92 – 40 = 52
Length of one laterals edge = \(\frac { 52 }{ 4 }\) = 13 cm
Surface area of pyramid = a 2 + 2 al
= 102 + 2 × 10 × 13
= 100 + 260 = 360 cm2

KBPS full form, KBPS stands for, meaning, what is KBPS, description, example, explanation, acronym for, abbreviation, definitions, full name.

Surface Area of Kerala Question 5.
Can we make a square pyramid with the lateral surface area equal to the base area?
Answer:
Curved surface area = 2al
Area of base = a2
a2=2al
a = 21 ⇒ 1 = a/2
For making a square pyramid first we must determine its base, one side of the lateral will be the base. Other two sides make half of base by reducing the angle. That is angle at apex will be less than 90°.

Textbook Page No. 193

Sslc Maths Solids Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 1.
Using a square and four triangles with dimensions as specified in the picture, a pyramid is made.
Sslc Maths Chapter 8 Solids Kerala Syllabus
What is the height of this pyramid?
What if the square and triangles are like this?
Solids Chapter Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Sslc Maths Chapter Solids Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Sslc Maths Solids Equations Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 2.
A square pyramid of base edge 10 centimetres and height 12 centimetres is to be made of paper. What should be the dimensions of the triangles?
Answer:
Base edge of a square pyramid = 10 cm
Let h be the height
Base edge a = 10 cm
Height h= 12 cm
Slant height =
Solids Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Sslc Maths Chapter 8 Solids Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
Prove that in any square pyramid, the squares of the height, slant height and lateral edge are in arithmetic sequence.
Answer:
Height = h,
Slant height = l,
Lateral edge = e
Solids In Maths Sslc Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Solids in Maths Question 4. A square pyramid is to be made with the triangles shown here as a lateral face. What I would be its height? What if the base edge is 40 centimetres instead of 30 centimetres?
Class 10 Maths Solids Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8
Answer:
Sslc Maths Chapter 8 Solutions Kerala Syllabus
It is impossible to make a square pyramid of base edge 40cm.

Textbook Page No. 195

Solids Chapter Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
What is the volume of a square pyramid of base edge 10 centimetres and slant height 15 centimetres?
Answer:
a = 10, l = 15
Volume of pyramid =
Sslc Maths Solids Questions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8
Maths Solids Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Sslc Maths Chapter Solids Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 2.
Two square pyramids have the same volume. The base edge of one is half that of the other. How many times the height of the second pyramid is the height of the first?
Answer:
Sslc Solids Solutions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8
The height of the second pyramid is 4 times the height of the first pyramid.

Solids Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 3.
The base edges of two square pyramids are in the ratio 1:2 and their heights in the ratio 1:3. The volume of the first is 180 cubic centimetres. What is the volume of the second?
Answer:
Solids Maths Questions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Solids In Maths Sslc Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 4.
All edges of a square pyramid are 18 centimetres. What is its volume?
Answer:
Length of base edge a = 18 cm
Sslc Maths Solutions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Class 10 Maths Solids Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 5.
The slant height of a square pyramid is 25 centimetres and its surface area is 896 square centimetres. What is its volume?
Answer:
l = 25 cm
Surface area = 896 cm
a2 + 2al = 896
a2 + 2a × 25 = 896
a2 + 50a – 896 = 0
Kerala Syllabus 10 Maths Solutions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8

Sslc Maths Chapter 8 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 6.
All edges of a square pyramid are of the same length and its height is 12 centimetres. What is its volume?
Answer:
Std 10 Kerala Syllabus Maths Solutions Chapter 8

Sslc Maths Solids Questions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 7.
What is the surface area of a square pyramid of base perimeter 64 centimetres and volume 1280 cubic centimetres?
Answer:
Base perimeter 4a = 64
a= 16 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 19
Surface area = a2 + 2al
= 162 + 2 × 16 × 17 = 256 + 544 = 800 cm2

Textbook Page No. 198

Maths Solids Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 1.
What are the radius of the base and slant height of a cone made by rolling up a sector of central angle 60° cut out from a circle of radius 10 centimetres?
Answer:
R = Radius of the circle
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 20
Radius of cone = 1.66 cm
Radius of circular part = slant height of cone = 10 cm.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 21

Sslc Solids Solutions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 2.
What is the central angle of the sector to be used to make a cone of base radius 10 centimetres and slant height 25 centimetres?
Answer:
Central anglejof the sector
(x) = \(\frac { r }{ l }\) × 360,
r = 10 cm, l = 25 cm
\(=\frac{10}{25} \times 360\)
= 144°

Solids Maths Questions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 3.
What is the ratio of the base-radius and slant height of a cone made by rolling up a semicircle?
Answer:
Radius of bigger circle = R
Radius of smaller circle = r
Radius of circular base of the pyramid = r = \(\frac { R }{ 2 }\)
Ratio between radius and slant height
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 22

Textbook Page No. 199

Sslc Maths Solutions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 1.
What is the area of the curved surface of a cone of base radius 12 centimetres and slant height 25 centimetres?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 23
r = 12cm l = 25cm
Curved surface area = πrl
π × 12 × 25 = 300π = π × 12 × 25
= 300 × 3.14 = 314 × 3
= 942 cm2

Kerala Syllabus 10 Maths Solutions Kerala Syllabus Chapter 8 Question 2.
What is the surface area of a cone of base diameter 30 centimetres and height 40 centimetres?
Answer:
Radius = \(\frac { 30 }{ 2 }\)= 15 cm =r
Height = h = 40 cm
Total surface area = Base area + Curved surface
area = πr2 + πrl
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 24
= 865 πr = 2718.6 m2

Std 10 Kerala Syllabus Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Question 3.
A Conical firework is of. base diameter 10 centimetres and height 12 centimetres, 10000 such fireworks are to be wrapped in colour paper. The price of the colour paper is 2 rupees per square metre. What is the total cost?
Answer:
r = 5 cm
h =12 cm
t = 13 cm
Total surface area of one firework = Base area + Curved surface area
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 25

Question 4.
Prove that for a cone made by rolling up a semicircle, the area of the curved surface is twice the base area.
Answer:
Perimeter of base of a cone is equal to half of perimeter of large cone.
Radius of pyramid = R/2
Perimeter of base
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 26
= 2 × Base area , that is twice

Textbook Page No. 200

Question 1.
The base radius and height of a cylindrical block of wood are 15 centimetres and 40 centimetres. What is the volume of the largest cone that can be carved out of this?
Answer:
r = 15cm, h = 40cm
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) πr² h
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 27
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) π × 15 × 15 × 40
= 3000π = 3000 × 3.14
= 314 × 30
= 9420 cm3

Question 2.
The base radius and height of a solid metal cylinder are 12 centimetres and 20 centimetres. By melting it and recasting, how many cones of base radius 4 centimetres and height 5 centimetres can be made?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 28
No. of cones = Volume of cylinder/Volume of cone Volume of cylinder
= π × 12 × 12 × 20
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) π × 4 × 4 × 5
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 30

Question 3.
A sector of central angle 216° is cut out from a circle of radius 25 centimetres and is rolled up into a cone. What are the base radius and height of the cone? What is its volume?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 31

Question 4.
The base radii of two cones are in the ratio 3:5 and their heights are in the ratio 2 : 3. What is the ratio of their volumes?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 32

Question 5.
Two cones have the same volume and their base radii are in the ratio 4:5. What is the ratio of their heights?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 33

Textbook Page No. 203

Question 1.
The surface area of a solid sphere is 120 square centimetres. If it is cut into two halves, what would be the surface area 0f each hemisphere?
Answer:
Surface area of the solid sphere
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 34
Surface area of one hemisphere = 3 πr2
3 πr2 = 3 π × \(\frac { 30 }{ π }\) = 90 cm2

Question 2.
The volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 27 : 64. What is the ratio of their radii? And the ratio of their surface areas?
Answer:
Ratio of volumes
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 35

Question 3.
base radius and length of a metalder are 4 centimetres and 10 centimetres, If it is melted and recast into spheres of radius 2 centimetres each, how many spheres can be made?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 36
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 37
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 38

Question 4.
A metal sphere of radius 12 centimetres is melted and recast into 27 small spheres. What is the radius of each sphere?
Answer:
Radius = 12cm
Volume of bigger sphere
\(=\frac{4}{3} \pi \mathrm{R}^{3}=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times 12^{3}\)
If the radius of smaller sphere is ‘r’
Volume of 27 smaller spheres = Volume of the bigger sphere
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 39

Question 5.
From a solid sphere of radius 10 centimetres, a cone of height 16 centimetres is carved out What fraction of the volume of the sphere is the volume of the cone?
Answer:
Radius of sphere = 10 cm
Radius of cone
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 40

Question 6.
The picture shows the dimensions of a petrol tank.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 41
How many litres of petrol can it hold?
Answer:
Length of circular cylinder = 4 m
Height = 4 m
Radius = 1m
Volume of circular cylinder = π × 12 × 4 = 4π
= 4 × 3.14 = 12.56 cm3
Volume of two hemisphere = Volume of a sphere
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 42
Litres of petrol the tank can hold = 12.56 + 4.19 = 16.73 m3 = 16750 litre

Question 7.
A solid sphere is cut into two hemispheres. From one, a square pyramid and from the other a cone, each of maximum possible size are carved out. What is the ratio of their volumes?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 43

Solids Orukkam Questions & Answers

Worksheet 1

Question 1.
The base edge of a square pyramid is Stem, height 3cm. Calculate slant height and lateral edge
Answer:
Base edge = 8 cm, height = 3 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 44

Question 2.
Slant height of a square pyramid is 10cm, height 6cm .Calculate total length of the edges.
Answer:
Slant height =10 cm, height = 6 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 45

Question 3.
The slant height of a square pyramid is 12 cm, lateral edge 13 cm. Calculate height
Answer:
Slant height = 12 cm
lateral edge = 13 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 46

Question 4.
The length of base edge is 24 cm, slant height 13 cm. Find height and lateral edge
Answer:
Base edge = 24 cm
Slant height = 13 cm
Height \(=\sqrt{(13)^{2}-(12)^{2}}=\sqrt{25}=5 \mathrm{cm}\)
Length of lateral edge = \(=\sqrt{(13)^{2}-(12)^{2}}=\sqrt{313} \mathrm{cm}\)

Worksheet 2

Question 5.
A sector is folded in such a way as to get a cone. Radius of the sector is 12 cm, central angle 120°.Calculate radius and slant height
Answer:
Slant height of cone = radius of sector = 12 cm
Radius of cone = \(\frac { 120 }{ 360 }\) of radius of sector = 12 × \(\frac { 120 }{ 360 }\) = 4 cm

Question 6.
The central angle of a sector is 90°, radius 16cm, calculate slant height and radius
Answer:
slant height of cone = 16 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 47

Question 7.
Slant height of a cone is 20 cm, radius 10 cm. What should be the radius and central angle of the sector?
Answer:
Radius of sector = slant height of cone = 20 cm
Central angle of the sector = radius of cone \(\times \frac{360}{R}=10 \times \frac{360}{20}=18^{\circ}\)

Question 8.
Radius of a cone is 4cm, slant height is 5/2 times radius. Calculate the radius and central angle of the sector.
Answer:
Radius of sector = slant height of cone =
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 48

Worksheet 3

Question 9.
The base edge of a square pyramid is 6cm, height 4cm, calculate slant height and total surface area.
Answer:
Length of base edge = 6 cm, height = 4 cm,
slant height = \(\sqrt{(3)^{2}+(4)^{2}}=\) \(\sqrt{9+16}=\sqrt{25}=5 \mathrm{cm}\)
Total surface area = base area + curved surface area=(6)2 + 2 × 6 × 5 = 36 + 60 = 96 cm2.

Question 10.
The height of a square pyramid is 12cm, slant height 15cm , calculate total surface area and volume
Answer:
height =12 cm. slant height = 15 cm
\(a=2 \sqrt{15^{2}-12^{2}}\) = 2 × 9 = 18 cm2
Total surface area = base- area + curved surface area
= (18)2 + 2 × 18 × 15 = 324 + 540 = 864 cm2
Volume = \(\frac{1}{3}(18)^{2} \times 12=1296 \mathrm{cm}^{3}\)

Question 11.
The base perimeter of a square pyramid is 48cm. Slant height is 10cm. Calculate lateral surface area and volume.
Answer:
Base perimeter = 48cm
baseedge = \(\frac { 48 }{ 4 }\) = 12 cm, slant height = 10cm
height = \(\sqrt{(10)^{2}-(6)^{2}}=\sqrt{64}=8 \mathrm{cm}\)
Curved siuface area= 2 × 12 × 10 = 240 cm2
Volume = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) (12)2 × 8 = 384 cm3

Question 12.
The height of a square pyramid is 15cm, volume 1620cm. Calculate the total surface area.
Answer:
Volume of square pyramid =
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 49

Worksheet 4

Question 13.
The base area of a cone is 25 π cm, curved surface area 165 π. Calculate total surface area.
Answer:
Total surface area of cone = base area + curved surface area
= 25 π +165 π = 190 cm2

Question 14.
Base area of a cone is 81 π, height 12 cm. Calculate volume
Answer:
Volume of cone = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) × base perimeter ×
height = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) × 81 π × 12 = 324 π cm3

Question 15.
The height of a cone is 4cm, slant height 5cm. Calculate total surface area
Answer:
Height of cone = 4 cm
Slant height = 5 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 50
Surface area = π (3)2 + π x 3 x 5 = 9 π + 15 π =24 π cm2

Question 16.
Radius of a cone is 10cm, volume 3140 cubic centimeter. Calculate total surface area
Answer:
Radius of cone = 10 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 51

Question 17.
Calculate the surface area and volume of a sphere of radius 3 cm.
Answer:
Surface area of sphere = 4 π (3)2 = 36 π cm2
Volume = \(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^{3}=\frac{4}{3} \times \pi \times(3)^{3}=36 \pi \mathrm{cm}^{3}\)

Workshee 5

Question 18.
Calculate the volume of a sphere of surface area 144 π square centimetre.
Answer:
cKerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 51

Solids SCERT Questions & Answers

Question 19.
The measurements of the lateral surface of a square pyramid are shown in the figure. Calculate die base edge and slant height of die pyramid. [Score: 2, Time: 3 minute]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 53
Answer:
Base edge = 10cm (1)
The given figure can be divided into n two right-angled triangles their angles are 30°, 60°, 90°, so ratio of their side will be 1: √3: 2.
2x = 10, x = 5
Slant height = 5 √3 cm (1)3

Question 20.
Is It possible to construct a pyramid of base edge 24 cm and lateral edge 13 cm? Justify [Score: 2, Time: 3 minute]
Answer:
Since slant height is 5 cm, such a pyramid can’t be constructed. (1)
Slant height should be greater than half of the base edge. \(\sqrt{13^{2}-12^{2}}=5 \mathrm{cm}\) (1)

Question 21.
Lateral surface of a square pyramid is shown in the Figure. All angles are equal
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 54
Find the total length of all edges of the square: pyramid. Find the slant height What is the |atio between height and slant height [Score: 4, Time: 5 minutes]
Answer:
Sum of edges = 8 x 8 = 64 cm (1)
Slant height = 4√3 cm (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 55

Question 22.
Devikamade a square pyramid having base edge 40cii and height 15cm. Unfortunately, one lateral face got separated from the pyramid. Check which figure given below shows the isosceles triangle that got separated. [Score: 3, Time: 5 minute]
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 56
Square pyramid can’t be constructed since slant height 1 should be greater than half the base edge. (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 57
If base edge = 40 and slant leight = 35, then height can’t be 15 (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 58
Here height of pyramid is 15, so this is the isosceles triangle that got separated (1)

Question 23.
A tent constructed in the form of a square pyramid of base perimeter 80 metres and lateral edge 26 metres
a. Calculate the slant height of the tent
b. Calculate the area of tarpaulin sheet. required to cover the lateral faces of the tent. [Score: 3, Time: 5 minute]
Answer:
Base perimeter = 80 m, Base edge= 20 m Lateral edge = 26 m
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 59
= 960 sq.metre (2)

Question 24.
The triangle given in the figure is one lateral face of a square pyramid.
a. Calculate the slant height.
b. Find the lateral surface area of the pyramid, [Score: 3, Time: 4 minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 60
Answer:
Slant height \(=\sqrt{17^{2}-8^{2}}\)
\(=\sqrt{275}=15 \mathrm{cm}\) (2)

Question 25.
A square pyramid is made from a solid cube having edge 30cm. Calculate the surface area. [Score: 3, Time: 5 minute]
Answer:
Base edge of the square pyramid = 30 cm
Height = 30cm
Slant height = \(\sqrt{30^{2}+15^{2}}\)
\(=\sqrt{900+225}=\sqrt{1125}=15 \sqrt{5}\) (1)
Lateral surface area = \(=4 \times \frac{1}{2} \times 15 \sqrt{2} \times 30\)
= 60 x 15√5 = 900√5 sq.cm (1)
Total surface area = 900 + 900√5
= 900(1 + √5) sq.cm (1)

Question 26.
The lateral faces of a square pyramid are equilateral triangles Lateral, edge = 20 cm
a. Calculate the slant height
b. Find its surface area.
C. Find its volume. [Score: 5, Time: 6 minute]
Answer:
a. Slant height = 10 √3 cm (1)
b. Lateral surface area
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 61

Question 27.
Prove that the ratio between the base edge, slant height and height of a square pyrarmid having equal edges is 2: √3 : √2. [Score: 4, Time: 5 minute]
Answer:
Slant height = √3 a
Height = \(\begin{array}{l}{=\sqrt{(\sqrt{3} a)^{2}-a^{2}}} \\ {=\sqrt{2} a}\end{array}\)
Base edge: Slant height : Height
= 2a: √3a : √2 a = 2: √3 : √2 (1)

Question 28.
The ratio between the base edges of two square pyramids is 1: 2. The heights are also in the same ratio. If the volume of the first pyramid islO cubic centimeters, calculate the volume of the sec ond one. [Score: 3, Time: 4 minute]
Answer:
v1 : v2 = 1 : 8
v1 = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) a2 h
v2 = \(\frac{1}{3}(2 a)^{2} \times 2 h, v_{1}: v_{2}=1: 8\) (1)
Volume of the second pyramid = 800 cm2 (1)

Question 29.
Meera constructed a square pyramid of base edge 10cm and height 6cm Manu made a square pyramid having base edge 5cm and height 4cm. Find the volume of the pyramids and compare the measurements. [Score: 3, Time: 4 minutes]
Answer:
Volume of Meera’s pyramid = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) x Baste edge x height 3
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) x 102 x 6 =200 cm3 (1)
Volume of Manu’s pyramid = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) x 52 x 24 = 200cm3
Volumes are equal (1)

Question 30.
The central angle of a sector is 288° If this sector is rolled up to make a cone, find the ratio between the radius and slant height of the cone. [Score :: 4, Time: 5 minutes]
Answer:
360 x \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 }\) = 288
∴ Radius of the cone 4 = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 }\) x radius of the big circle (1)
∴ If r is the radius of the circle Radius of the
Radius of the cone = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 }\) r (1)
But radius of the circle = slant height of cone
i.e., 1 = r (1)
∴Ratio between the radius of the cone and slant height
\(=\frac{4}{5} r: r=\frac{4}{5}: 1=4: 5\) (1)

Question 31.
The ratio between the radius and slant height of a cone is 2 : 3. Find the central angle of the sector to make the cone. [Score: 3, Time: 4 minutes]
Answer:
Ratio between the radius and slant height 2 : 3 (1)
Area length of the sector is equal to \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) part of the circle perimeter. (1)
Central angle of the sector = 360 x \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 }\) = 240° (1)

Question 32.
The central angle of a circle is divided in the ratio 2 : 3 to form two sectors. Two cones are made by rolling up the two Rectors.
a. Find out the ratio between the base perimeters of the cones.
b. What is the ratio between the curved surface areas. [Score: 3, Time 6 minutes]
Answer:
a. Central angles are in the ratio 2 : 3 , so, let the perimeter of the two clones which made by rolling up this two sectors be \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\)
part and \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 }\) part of the perimeter of the circle (1)
That is perimeter of each sector be \(2 \pi r \times \frac{2}{5} \text { and } 2 \pi r \times \frac{3}{5}\)
Ratio between base perimeters of cone = \(2 \pi r \times \frac{2}{5}: 2 \pi r \times \frac{3}{5}=2: 3\)
b. Base perimeter of the cones will be \(\frac { 2 }{ 5 }\) and \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 }\) parts of the circumference of the 5 circle. (1)
Ratio between the perimeters of die cones = \(\pi r^{2} \times \frac{2}{5}: \pi r^{2} \times \frac{3}{5}=2 ; 3\) (1)

Question 33.
Find the ratio between the radius and slant height of a cone by roiling up a sector with central angle 120°. If the curved surface area is 108 π, find the radius and slant height of the cone. [Score:5,Time:7minutesv]
Answer:
Area of the sector with central angle 120° is one-third of the area of the circle. (1)
Curved surface area = 108 π
Ares of die; sector = 108 π,
which is one-third of the area of the circle Area of the circle = 108 π × 3
πr² = 324 π (1)
Radius of the circle r = 18 cm
Slant height = 18 cm (1)
Radius of the cone = 6 cm (1)

Question 34.
A wooden cone is has radius 30crn and height 40crn. Find its slant height. Calculate the cost to paint the face of 10 such cones at the rate of Rs.50/- per square metre. [Score: 5, Time: 7 minutes]
Answer:
Base Radius = 30 cm
Height =40 cm
Slant height = \(\sqrt{40^{2}+30^{2}}=50\) (1)
Surface area of the cone = πr² + πrl = π × 302 + π × 30 × 50 (1)
= 900π + 1500π = 2400π (2)
Total cost to paint 10 cones \(=\frac{2400 \pi \times 10 \times 50}{10000}\)
= \(=\frac{2400 \times 3.14 \times 10 \times 50}{10000}=377 \mathrm{Rs}\) (1)

Question 35.
Two cones are made using two sectors of central angles 60° and 120° of a circle. If the radius of the smaller cone is 5cm
a. Calculate the radius and base area of the smaller cone.
b. Find the surface area of the bigger cone. [Score: 5, Time: 8 minutes]
Answer:
a. Central angle of the small sector = 60°
\(\frac { 1 }{ 6 }\) part of the area of the circle Base radius of cone formed from above sector = 5 cm (1)
Radius of the circle = 5 × 6 = 30 (1)
Similarly, area of the sector of central angle 120° = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) of the area of the circle Base radius ofthe bigger cone = 30 × \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) = 10 (1)
Base area of the bigger cone = π × 102 = 100× (1)
b. Curved surface area ofthe bigger cone = π × 10 × 30 = 300π (1)
Surface area = 100π + 300π = 400π cm2 (1)

Question 36.
Three solids a square pyramid, a cone and a sphere have been carved out from three solid cubes of the same size. Find the volume of each solid. [Score: 5, Time: 7 minutes]
Answer:
Volume of square pyramid = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) a3 (1)
Volume of cone
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 62

Question 37.
A metal sphere is melted and recasted into a cone. Both have same radii
a. Find the relationship between the height of the cone and the radius of the sphere.
b. Which solid has greater surface area? Justify. [Score: 5, Time: 7 minutes]
Answer:
a. If r is the radius of the sphere, then its volume = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 }\) πr3 (1)
If h is the height of the cone, then its volume = \(\frac{1}{3} \pi r^{2} h=\frac{4}{3} \pi r^{3}\)
h = 4r (1)
Height of pyramid is four times the radius of sphere.
Surface area of the sphere = 4πr²
Slant height of the cone = \(\sqrt{(4 r)^{2}+r^{2}}=\sqrt{17 r^{2}}=\sqrt{17} r\) (1)
Surface area of the cone = \(\pi r^{2}+\pi r \sqrt{17} r=\pi r^{2}(1+\sqrt{17})\)
b. .Surface area of the cone is greater (1)

Question 38.
A hemisphere and a cone with same radii are attached to get a solid as given in the figure. Radius of the hemisphere is 9 cm. The height of the two solids together is 21 cm.
a. Find the height of the cone.
b. Find the volume of the cone
c. Find the volume of the solids [Score: 4, Time: 6 minutes]
Answer:
Height of the cone 21 – 9 = 12 cm (1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 63

Solids Exam Oriented Questi0ns& Answers

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Questi0n 39.
Total surface area of a solid hemisphere is 675 π sqcm. Find the curved surface area of the solid hemisphere.
Answer:
3 πr² = 675π cm2
r2 = 225
The CSA of the solid hemisphere,
CSA = 2πr² = 2π × 225 = 450π cm2

Questi0n 40.
The volume of a solid right circular cone is 4928 cm3. If its height is 24 cm, them find the radius of the cone.
Answer:
V = 4928 cm3 and h = 24 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 64

Questi0n 41.
The figure given below has the total length 20cm height and common diameter 6cm. Find the volume of the figure.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 65
Answer:
volume of solid
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 66

Questi0n 42.
The circular plate of radius 12cm is cut out into six sectors having same size. Calculate the slant height and radius of circular cone used to make one sector.
Answer:
slant height = 12cm
centre angle = \(\frac { 360 }{ 60 }\) = 60
radius of square pyramid = 12 × \(\frac { 60 }{ 360 }\) = 2 cm

Questi0n 43.
A circus tent is in the shape of a square pyramid. The area of the base is 1600m2 and its height is 375m then, how much canvas would be needed for this and also find its perimeter?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 67

Questi0n 44.
Height of a cone is 40cm. Slant height is 41cm.
a. Find diameter of its base,
b. Find volume
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 68

Questi0n 45.
Radius and slant height of a solid right circular cone are 35cm and 37 cm respectively. Find the curved surface area and total surface area of the cone.
Answer:
r= 35 cm
l = 37 cm
CSA = πrI = π(35 x 37)=4070 cm2
TSA = πr (1 + r )
\(=\frac{22}{7} \times 35 \times(37+35)=7920 \mathrm{cm}^{2}\)

Questi0n 46.
Surface area of a wooden sphere is 40 cm2. It is cut into two identical hemispheres. Find
a. The area of the plane surface of one of the hemispheres,
b. Its surface area.
Answer:
a. Surface area of the sphere = 4 πr²
Here, 4 πr² = 40cm2
πr² = 10cm2
∴ Area of plane surface = πr² = 10cm2
b. Surface area of one piece (hemisphere)
= 3 πr² = 3 x 10 = 30cm2

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Questi0n 47.
A toy in the shape of a square pyramid has base edge 16 cm and slant height 10 cm. 500 of these are to be painted and the cost is 80 rupees per square meter. What would be the total cost?
Answer:
Surface area = Curved surface area + base area
4 × 1/2 × 16 × 10+ 162 = 320 + 256 = 576cm
Total surface area of 500 square prism is = 500 × 576 = 288000 cm2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 69

Questi0n 48.
The base radius of a circular cone is 9cm and its height is 12cm. What is the radius and central angle of die sector used to make it?
Answer:
base radius r =9 cm
height h =12cm
slant height l = \(\begin{array}{l}{=\sqrt{12^{2}+9^{2}}=\sqrt{144+81}} \\ {=\sqrt{225}=15 \mathrm{cm}}\end{array}\)
radius of the sector = 15cm
centre angle of sector = 360 × \(\frac { 9 }{ 15 }\) = 216°

Questi0n 49.
The central angle of a sector is 120°. What is the ratio of radius and slant height of a circular cone made by it? What is the radius and slant height of a cone if its curved surface area is 108 π cm2.
Answer:
The ratio of radius and slant height = \(\frac { 120 }{ 360 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 3 }\) = 1 : 3
curved surface area (πrl) =108π
rl=108; r × 3 r = 108
3 × r2 = 108; r2 = 36
radius (r) = 6 cm; slant height (l) = 3r = 3 × 6 = 18cm

Questi0n 50.
For constructing a square pyramid, Rabiya cut of four triangles and a square. Figure given below shows the measures of these triangles and square. Can you make a square pyramid by using these measures? Explain the reason.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 70
Answer:
Base edge = 42 cm
Slant edge = 29 cm
Slant height = \(\sqrt{29^{2}-\left(\frac{42}{2}\right)^{2}}=\sqrt{29^{2}-21^{2}}\)
\(\sqrt{841-441}=\sqrt{400}=20 \mathrm{cm}\)
Slant height is less than the half of the base edge 21cm so not possible for making a square pyramid

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 4)

Questi0n 51.
A sector shown in the figure is rolled up and made a cone. Find its
a. Slant height
b. Base radius
c. Volume
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 71
Answer:
a. Slant height = radius of the
sector = 30cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 72
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 73
\(\frac{2000 \sqrt{2 x}}{3} \mathrm{cm}^{3}\)

Questi0n 52.
Paddy is filled in a cylindrical shaped vessel. Then it has the following shape. How many litres of paddy does it contain?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 74
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 75

Questi0n 53.
A petrol tank is in the shape of a cylinder with hemisphere of the same radius as the base of the cylinder attached to both ends. If the total length of the tank is 5 meters and the base radius of the cylinder is 1 metre, how many litres of petrol can it hold?
Answer:
Volume of cylinder = πr²h = 3πcm3
r=1, h=3
Volume of hemisphere = 2/3 πr3
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 76

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 5)

Questi0n 54.
A toy is in the shape of a hemisphere attached to one end of the cone Total height of the toy is 14.5cm, and common diameter is 7cm.
a. Draw a rough figure based on this fact,
b. Find the volume of the toy.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 77

Questi0n 55.
Prove that:
i. ∠BAT = ∠BPA
ii. ∠BAS = ∠AQB
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 78
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 79

Solids Memory Map

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 80
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 81
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 82
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 8 Solids - 83

Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration 10th Class Chemistry Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 1 Kerala Syllabus

Students can Download Chemistry Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Chemistry Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration Questions and Answers Malayalam Medium

SCERT 10th Standard Chemistry Textbook Chapter 1 Solutions Malayalam Medium

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 1 Malayalam Medium

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 1 Notes Malayalam Medium
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 1 Malayalam Medium
10th Class Chemistry Chapter 1 Malayalam Medium

Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 1 Malayalam
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 1 Notes
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 1 Questions And Answers

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 1 Questions And Answers Pdf
10th Class Chemistry Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 1 Notes Pdf

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Malayalam Medium
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Chapter 1
Sslc Chemistry Chapter Wise Questions And Answers Malayalam Medium Pdf

Sslc Chemistry Notes Malayalam Medium
10th Class Chemistry Notes Malayalam
Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 1 Kerala Syllabus
Kerala Sslc Chemistry Notes Malayalam Medium

Chemistry Class 10 Malayalam Medium
Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 1 Malayalam Medium
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry English Medium
Sslc Chemistry Chapter Wise Questions And Answers Malayalam Medium

Chemistry 10th Class Malayalam Pdf
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 23
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 24

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 25
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 27
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 28

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 30
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 31
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 32

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 33
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 34
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 35
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 36

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 37
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 38
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 39

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 40
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 41
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 42
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 43

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 44
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 45
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 46
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 47

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 48
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 49
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 50
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 51

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 52
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 53
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 54
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 55

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 56
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 57
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 58

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 59
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 60
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 61
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 62

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 63
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 64
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 65
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 66
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 67

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 68
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 69
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 70
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 71

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 72
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 73
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 74
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 75

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 76
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 77
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 1 Periodic Table and Electronic Configuration in Malayalam 78

Trigonometry 10th Class Maths Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 5 Kerala Syllabus

Students can Download Maths Chapter 5 Trigonometry Questions and Answers, Notes PDF, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Maths Chapter 5 Trigonometry Questions and Answers Malayalam Medium

SCERT 10th Standard Maths Textbook Chapter 5 Solutions Malayalam Medium

Sslc Maths Chapter 5 Malayalam Medium

Sslc Maths Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 5
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 3
Maths Questions And Answers For Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Guide Malayalam Medium
10th Class Maths Notes Malayalam Medium
Sslc Maths Notes Malayalam Medium

10th Malayalam Medium Maths Notes
Sslc Maths Chapter 5 Trigonometry
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Chapter 5
Sslc Maths Notes Malayalam Medium Pdf
Trigonometry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
10th Maths Notes Kerala Syllabus

Trigonometry Problems For Class 10 State Syllabus
Trigonometry Questions For Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
10th Class Maths Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus

Hss Live Guru 10th Maths Malayalam Medium
Kerala Class 10 Maths Solutions
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 20

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 21
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 22
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 23

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 24
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 25
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 26

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 27
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 28
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 29

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 30
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 31
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 32

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 33
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 34
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 35
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 36

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 37
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 38
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 39
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 40

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 41
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 42
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 43

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 44
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 45
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 46

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 47
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 48
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 49
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 50

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 51
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 52
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 53
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 54

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 55
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 56
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 57
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 58

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 59
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 60
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 61
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 62

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 63
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 64
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 65

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 66
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 67
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 68
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 69
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 70

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 71
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 72
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 73
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 74

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 75
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 76
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 77
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 78

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 5 Trigonometry 79

Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism 10th Class Chemistry Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 6 Kerala Syllabus

Students can Download Chemistry Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism Questions and Answers, Notes Pdf, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Chemistry Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism Questions and Answers Malayalam Medium

SCERT 10th Standard Chemistry Textbook Chapter 6 Solutions Malayalam Medium

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 6 Malayalam Medium

10th Class Chemistry Chapter 6 Malayalam
Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 6 Kerala Syllabus
Chemistry Chapter 6 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

Chemistry Class 10 Chapter 6 Kerala Syllabus
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 6 Solutions Kerala Syllabus
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 6 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Chemistry Chapter 6 Questions Kerala Syllabus
Class 10 Chemistry Chapter 6 Notes Kerala Syllabus
Sslc Chemistry Chapter 6 Notes Kerala Syllabus

Chemistry Notes For Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Nomenclature Of Organic Compounds And Isomerism Class 10
Nomenclature Of Organic Compounds And Isomerism Kerala Syllabus

Organic Chemistry Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 16

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 17
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 18
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 19

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 20
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 21
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 22
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 23

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 24
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 25
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 27

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 28
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 30

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 31
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 32
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 33
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 34

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 35
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 36
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 37
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 38

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 39
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 40
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 41

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 42
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 43
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 44
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 45

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 46
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 47
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 48
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 49

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 50
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 51
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 52
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 53

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 54
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 55
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 56
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 57

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 58
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 59
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 60
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 61

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 62
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 63
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 64
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 65

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 66
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 67
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 68
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 69

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 70
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 71
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 72
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 73

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 74
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 75
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 76
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 77

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 78
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 79
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 80
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 81

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 82
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 83
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 84
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 85

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 86
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 87
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 88
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 89

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 90
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 91
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 92
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 93

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 94
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 95
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 96
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 97

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 98
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 99
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 100
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 101

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 102
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 103
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 104
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 105

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 106
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 107
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 108

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 109
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Chemistry Solutions Chapter 6 Nomenclature of Organic Compounds and Isomerism in Malayalam 110

Class 10 Physics Chapter 4 Reflection of Light Notes Kerala Syllabus

You can Download Reflection of Light Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Physics Chapter 4 Reflection of Light Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Physics Chapter 4 Reflection of Light Solutions

Text Book Page No. 80

Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus

→ Which is the incident ray?
Answer:
AO

→ Which is the reflected ray?
Answers:
QB

→ Is there any relation between the angle of incidence and the angle of reflection?
Answer:
The angle of incidence and angle of reflection are equal.

→ Are the incident ray, reflected ray and normal to the mirror at the point of incidence in the different planes?
Answer:
In the same plane.

Reflection Of Light Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
Reflection Of Light Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

→ What difference is seen between the surfaces of the two objects?
Answer:
In the first figure the surface is smooth, in the second figure surface is rough.

→ Fig. 4.2(b) are the rays of light travelling parallel after reflection?
Answer:
No. When light falls on a rough surface, it undergoes an irregular reflection. This is scattered reflection.

Reflection of Light Class 10 Question 3.
In Fig. 4.2(a) regular reflection is depicted. Can you give a definition for such reflections by observing the figure?
Answer:
When light falls on a smooth surface, it undergoes an regular reflection, the rays of light travelling parallel after reflection This is regular reflection.

Text Book Page No. 81

Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
Record in your science diary the following features about the images formed here.
Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Notes Kerala Syllabus

→ The distance from the mirror to the object and the image from the mirror.
Answer: Equal

→ Is the image real or virtual?
Answer: Virtual

→ The size of the image.
Answer:
Same size as object.

Sslc Physics Reflection Of Light Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
How many images can we see at a time busying two mirrors?
Answer:
The number of images changes accordance with the relation between the angle between the mirrors.

Text Book Page No. 82

Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Reflection Of Light Kerala Syllabus Question 6.
Table 4.1.
Sslc Physics Reflection Of Light Kerala Syllabus

Answer:

Angle
(0)

Number of images
(n)

457
605
903
1202
1801

→ How many images can be seen when viewed from A and B?
Answer:
3

→ What if viewed from other positions in between the mirrors?
Answer:
3

→ How much is the angle between the mirrors?
Answer:
90°

→ What is the relation between the angle between the mirrors and the number of images?
Answer:
Number of images = \(n=\frac{360}{\theta}-1\)

Class 10 Physics Chapter 4 Reflection Of Light Kerala Syllabus Question 7.
Table 4.2.
Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Reflection Of Light Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Class 10 Physics Chapter 4 Reflection Of Light Kerala Syllabus

Text Book Page No. 83

Class 10 Physics Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Question 8.
Class 10 Physics Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Solutions Kerala Syllabus

Text Book Page No. 84

Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 9.
Draw a straight line on a table as shown in the figure. At one end of the line, place a concave mirror of focal length 20 cm. Mark principal focus (F) and center of curvature (C) on the line.

Fix a burning candle on the principal focus in such a way that it is at a slight distance from the center of curvature. Arrange a screen in such a way that a clear image is obtained on the screen.

→ What is the position and features of the image?
Answer:
Between F and C, small, real, inverted.

→ Observe the change in position of image and features on changing the position of the candle
Answer:
Physics Chapter 4 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

Physics Chapter 4 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 10.
Table 4.4.
Physics Class 10 Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Reflection Of Light Notes Kerala Syllabus

Physics Class 10 Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Question 11.
Aren’t the focal length of \(\frac{u v}{u+v}\) the mirror and the average value of obtained from the table the same?
Answer:
Yes

Text Book Page No. 85

Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Reflection Of Light Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 12.
Record the measurements shown in the figure (4.6) using the New Cartesian Sign Convention.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Chapter 4

→ Distance to the object from the mirror (u) =
Answer:
Negative.

→ Distance to the image from the mirror (v) =
Answer:
Negative.

→ Height of object (OB) =
Answer:
Positive.

→ Height of image (IM) =
Answer:
Negative.

Text Book Page No. 86

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Chapter 4 Question 13.
The given figure shows the image formation by a concave mirror. Analyse the figure and write down different measures using New Cartesian Sign Convention.
Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
10th Physics Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Physics Chapter 4 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus Question 14.
An object is placed in front of a concave mirror 20 cm away from it. If its focal length is 40 cm, locate the position of image and its nature.
Answer:
f = – 40 cm, u = – 20 cm
f = \(\frac { uv }{ u+v }\)
– 40 = \(\frac { – 20 }{ – 20 + v }\)
– 40 ( – 20 + v ) = – 20 v
– 20 + v = \(\frac { – 20 }{ – 40 }\) = \(\frac { 2 }{ v }\)
– 20 = [/latex] = \(\frac { v }{ 2 }\) – v = – \(\frac { v }{ 2 }\)
∴ – \(\frac { v }{ 2 }\) = – 20
v = 40 cm
Features of image:
At behind the mirror, very large, virtual, direct.

10th Physics Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Question 15.
Find out the height of object (ho), height of image (hi), position of object(u) and position of image (v) using New Cartesian Sign Convention and tabulate them. (The height of image hi can be directly measured by fixing a graph paper on the screen).
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 15

Text Book Page No. 87

Physics Class 10 Chapter 4 Kerala Syllabus Question 16.
\(\frac{h_{i}}{h_{o}}\) is magnification. Does it have any relational with the value of \(\frac{v}{u}\) ?
Answer:
\(m=\frac{-h_{i}}{h_{o}}=\frac{-v}{u}\)

Text Book Page No. 88

Question 17.
An object is placed 8 cm away in front of a concave mirror of focal length 5 cm. Find out the position of image and magnification. Find out whether the image is inverted or erect by drawing the ray diagram on a graph paper.
Answer:
f = – 5 cm, u = – 8 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 16
Features of images : Beyond C, big, real, inverted
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 17

Question 18.
What are the features of an image that is obtained from magnification?
Answer:

  • When magnification is 1, the size of the image and the size of the object are equal.
  • When magnification is more than 1, the size of the image is greater than the size of the object.
  • When magnification is less than 1, the size of the image is smaller than the size of the object.
  • When the magnification is positive, image is real and inverted.
  • When the magnification is negative, image is virtual and erect.

Question 19.
Observe the given figures and complete the table using New Cartesian Sign Convention.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 18
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 19

Text Book Rage No. 89

Question 20.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 20
From the above table, find out which mirror always gives an erect and diminished image and write it down.
Answer:
The image formed by a convex mirror is always erect and diminished.

Question 21.
Why it is written on rearview mirrors that “Objects in the mirror are closer than they appear”.
Answer:
The image formed by a convex mirror is always erect and diminished. Hence the driver who sees the image of vehicles on the mirror develops a feeling that the vehicles coming from behind are at a greater distance. This may turn out to be dangerous.

Reflection of Light Let Us Assess

Question 1.
A dental doctor uses a mirror of focal length 8 cm. To see the teeth clearly what should be the maximum distance between the teeth and the mirror? Justify your answer. Which type of mirror has been used by the doctor?
Answer:
The dental doctor uses a concave mirror. Effect and enlarged image can be obtained using the mirror. Such images are formed when the object is kept in between the main focus and pole of a concave mirror. So the minimum distance between the mirror and the teeth must be in 8 cm to view the teeth clearly.

Question 2.
Imagine that a spherical mirror gives an image magnified 5 times at a distance 5 m. If so determine whether the mirror is concave or convex. How much will be the focal length of the mirror?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 21
Image formed is larger than the object, so the used mirror is concave.

Question 3.
A motorcyclist observes a car coining from behind with a magnification 1/6. If the actual distance between the car and the bike is 30 m calculate the radius of curvature of the mirror.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 22

Question 4.
A shaving mirror of focal length 72 cm is kept in a beauty clinic. A man uses it standing 18 cm away from the mirror. At what distance will the image be formed? Is the image real or virtual? What is the magnification of the image?
Answer:
f =-72 cm, u = -18cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 23
Image formed on the 24 cm away from the mirror. Virtual image.
Magnification.
m = \(\frac{-v}{u}=-\frac{24}{18}\) = – 1.33
This is a concave mirror.

Question 5.
Wrap a rubber ball of diameter 12 cm completely with an aluminum foil and make the surfaces smooth. Where will be the image of an object kept 12 cm away from the center of the ball? Is the image real or virtual?
Answer:
Surface of a rubber ball is similar to a convex mirror.
Diameter = 12 cm
⇒ Radius = 6 cm
2f = R
f = \(\frac { R }{ 2 }\) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 2 }\) = 3 cm
u = \(\frac { 12 }{ 2 }\) = 6 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 24
Mirror is a convex, so image is virtual.

Question 6.
We are able to read a book since light falling on a surface gets reflected from the book and reaches the eye. But on such occasions, we cannot see our images like that from a mirror. Explain why?
Answer:
Irregular reflection takes place in the book. So images not formed.

Question 7.
Is the image formed by a plane mirror real or virtual? Write an instance when such a mirror gives an inverted image.
Answer:
Image formed by a plane mirror is always direct and virtual. The image will be at the same distance at the object.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 25
If the objects placed erect as shown in the figure then the image will be inverted.

Reflection of Light Exam Oriented Questions and Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 1)

Question 1.
1. Classify the following statements as to those related to concave mirrors and convex mirrors and tabulate them accordingly.
a. to view the face.
b. as makeup mirror.
c. as reviewer mirrors in vehicles.
d. in solar concentration.
e. in periscopes.
f. as shaving mirror.
Answer:
Concave mirror:

  • In solar concentration.
  • Makeup mirror.
  • Shaving mirror.

Convex mirror:

  • In rearview mirrors of vehicles.
  • In Searchlights.

Plane mirror:

  • In periscopes.
  • To see face.

Question 2.
Find out the relation and All in the blanks.
Small, virtual and direct images:
Convex mirror.
Size same as object, virtual and direct image :………………
Answer:
Plane mirror.

Question 3.
Which mirror gives rectifiable whatever the distance between the object and mirror is
i. Plane mirror.
ii. Convex mirror.
iii. Concave mirror.
iv. Plane or convex mirror.
Answer:
Plane or convex mirror.

Question 4.
Relation between angle of incidence (i) and angle of reflection (r) of light is………..
i. i > r
ii. i < r
iii. i = r
iv. None of these
Answer:
iii. i = r

Question 5.
Find the odd one in the group.
More scattered reflection, virtual image, direct image, large image
Answer:
Large image.

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Question 6.
Radius of curvature of a concave mirror is 24 cm. Then find the focal length of the mirror?
Answer:
R = 24 cm
f = \(\frac{R}{2}=\frac{24}{2}\) = 12 cm

Question 7.
Find the radius of curvature of a convex mirror whose focal length is 0.6 m.
Answer:
f = \(\frac{\mathrm{R}}{2}\)
∴ R=2f
0.6 = \(\frac{R}{2}\)
R = 2 × 0.6 = 1.2 m

Question 8.
Write the characteristics of the image formed by an object placed at the center of curvature of a concave mirror?
Answer:
Position: At the center of curvature at the same side
Size: Same as the size of the object
Nature: Real, Inverted

Question 9.
i. Which are the different types of mirror?
ii. What are the peculiarities are images obtained in the face mirror?
Answer:
i. Convex, concave and plane mirror.
ii. Image will be formed behind the mirror and will be equal distance from the mirror to the object. It will be direct and virtual.

Question 10.
State whether the below-given statement are true or false. If false correct them.
i. Real images are always produced by concave mirror.
ii. The image formed from a convex mirror is direct and enlarged.
Answer:
i. False. If the position of object is between focus and pole, virtual image is produced by concave mirror.
ii.False. The image formed by convex mirror will be smaller than the object and erect.

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Question 11.
Write three differences of real image and virtual image which is made by spherical mirrors.
Answer:
Real images:

  • Inverted.
  • Can be shown on a screen.
  • Can measure the length of the image and distance to the image.

Virtual images:

  • Cannot be taken on a screen.
  • Not able to be measured direct.

Question 12.
Write the uses of concave mirror?
Answer:

  • Used as a shaving mirror.
  • Used as a makeup mirror.
  • Doctors used as head mirrors.
  • On film projectors.

Question 13.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 26
a. Examine the figure and find the magnification.
b. What is the height of the object if height of the image is 4 cm when the object is placed on the same position in front of the mirror.
Answer:
a. Magnification = \(=\frac{\mathrm{hi}}{\mathrm{ho}}=\frac{– 10}{5}=– 2\)

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 27

Question 14.
Write the uses of convex mirror?
Answer:

  • As reflectors in street lights.
  • As rear view mirrors in vehicles.
  • In searchlights.

Question 15.
Examine the position of the object given in the figure and table the following peculiarities.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 28
a. Position of image.
b. Size of image.
c. Features of image.
Answer:
a.Behind the mirror.
b.Larger than obj etc.
c. Direct, virtual.

Question 16.
When an object of height 4 cm is placed in front of a concave mirror an image of height 8 cm is formed. Find the magnification.
Answer:
Magnification
hi = 4 cm, ho =  – 8 cm
Magnification m = \(\frac { hi }{ h0 }\) = \(\frac { –8 }{ 4 }\) = – 2

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 4)

Question 17.
Complete the table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 29
Answer:
a. Passes through principal focus.
b.Seem to come from the principal focus.
c, d. Returns parallel to the principal axis.
e, f. Returns through the same path.
g, h. Reflects in the same angle of incident ray.

Question 18.
Complete the ray diagram.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 30
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 31
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 32
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 33

Question 19.
Complete the table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 34
Answer:
a. 30°
b. 40°
c. 50°
d. 60°

Question 20.
An object of 5 cm is kept in front of a convex mirror having radius of curvature 30 cm at a distance of 10 cm. Calculate the position, size, and feature of object.
Answer:
u = – 10 cm
v = ?
Focal length = \(\frac{r}{2}=\frac{30}{2}\) = + 15 cm
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 35
The image is formed 60cm behind the concave mirror. The’ image will be virtual and direct.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 4 Reflection of Light 36

Geometry and Algebra Questions and Answers Class 10 Maths Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Solutions

You can Download Geometry and Algebra Questions and Answers, Activity, Notes PDF, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Maths Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Maths Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra Notes

Textbook Page No. 213

Geometry and Algebra Class 10 Solutions Question 1.
What are the coordinates of the fourth vertex of the parallelogram shown on the right?
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Coordinate of the fourth vertex is = (6, 6)
Sslc Maths Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

Geometry and Algebra Class 10 Question 2.
The Figure shows a parallelogram with the coordinates of its vertices:
Prove that x1 + x3 = x2 + x4 and y1 + y3 = y2 + y4.
Sslc Maths Geometry And Algebra Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Let P be the; point of intersection of diagonals of a parallelogram, which is the midpoint of AB and OC.
Sslc Geometry And Algebra Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
From eqn (1)
Comparing y coordinates
Sslc Maths Chapter 9 Solutions Kerala Syllabus

Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
A parallelogram is drawn with the lines joining (x1, y1) aid (x2, y2) to the origin as adjacent sides. What are the coordinates of the fourth vertex?
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Coordinates of the fourth vertex = (x1 + x2, y1 + y2)
Let P be the point of intersection of diago¬nals of a parallelogram, which is the midpoint of AB and OC.
Geometry And Algebra Sslc Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Maths Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
Prove that in any parallelogram, the sum of the squares of all sides is equal to the sum of the squares of the diagonals.
Answer:
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
OA2 + OB2 = x12 + y12  + x22  + y22
OA = BC and OB = AC
OA2 + OB2 + OC2 + AC2 = 2(x12 + y12 + x22 + y22 )
AB2 = (x2 – x1 )2 + (y2 – y1 )2
OC2 = (x1 – x2)2 + (y2 – y3)2
OB2 + OC2 = 2(x12 + x22 + y12 + y22)
OA2 + OB2 + AC2 + BC2 = AB2 + OC2

Sslc Maths Geometry And Algebra Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
In this picture, the midpoints of the sides of the large triangle are joined to make a small triangle inside. Calculate the coordinates of die vertices of the large triangle.
Answer:
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Pdf Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

textbook page no: 217

Sslc Geometry And Algebra Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
A circle is drawn with the line joining (2, 3) and (6, 5) as diameter. What are the coordinates of the centre of the circle?
Answer:
Midpoint of the line joining (2, 3) and (6, 5) is
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Questions And Answers Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

Sslc Maths Chapter 9 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
The coordinates of two opposite vertices of a parallelogram are (4, 5) and (1, 3). What are the coordinates of the point of intersection of its diagonals?
Answer:
Midpoint of line joining the points (4, 5) and (1, 3) is
Sslc Geometry And Algebra Solutions Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
The coordinates of the point of intersec¬tion of its diagonal is (3, 4).

Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Solutions Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
The coordinates of the vertices of a quadrilateral, taken in order, are (2, 1), (5, 3), (8, 7), (4, 9).
i. Find the coordinates of the midpoints of all four sides.
ii. Prove that the quadrilateral got by joining these midpoints is a parallelogram.
Answer:
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Questions Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Equations Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Since the opposite sides of the quadrilateral PQRS are equal it is a parallelogram.

Geometry And Algebra Sslc Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
In the figure, the midpoints of the large quadrilateral are joined to form the small quadrilateral within:
i. Find the coordinates of the fourth vertex of the smaller quadrilateral.
ii. Find the coordinates of the other three vertices of the larger quadrilateral.
Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Notes Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Geometry And Algebra Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Midpoint of AB is P
Sslc Maths Chapter 9 Malayalam Medium Kerala Syllabus
Coordinate of the fourth vertex of smaller quadrilateral -(6, 2)
ii. Coordinates of other three vertices of the bigger quadrilateral (10, 3),(8, 7),(4, 5)

Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
The coordinates of the vertices of a triangle are (3, 5), (9, 13), (10, 6). Prove that this triangle is isosceles. Calculate its area.
Answer:
IfA (3, 5), B (9, 13), C(10, 6)
are the vertices of the triangle ABC
Hsslive Guru Maths Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
As BC = AC the triangle is an isosceles triangle
Hsslive Guru 10th Maths Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Pdf Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 6.
The centre of a circle is (1, 2) and a point on it is (3, 2). Find the coordinates of the other end of the diameter through this point
Answer:
Midpoint of the diameter
Hss Live Guru 10th Maths Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

textbook Page no: 220

Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Questions And Answers Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus  Question 1.
The coordinates of the points A and Bare (3, 2) and (8, 7). Find the coordinates of
i. the point P on AB with AP: PB = 2 : 3
ii. the point Q on AB with AQ: QB = 3: 2
Answer:
Geometry 10th Standard Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus

Geometry And Algebra Class 10 Scert Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
Find the coordinates of the points which divide the line joining (1, 6) and (5, 2) into three equal parts.
Answer:
Sslc Coordinates Questions And Answers Chapter 9 Kerala Syllabus
Coordinate of Q is \(\left(\frac{11}{3}, \frac{10}{3}\right)\)

Algebra Solutions Question 3. The coordinates of the vertices of a triangle are (-1, 5), (3, 7), (1, 1). Find the coordinates of its centroid.
Answer:
Centroid of the triangle
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 22

Question 4.
Calculate the coordinates of the point Pin the picture:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 23
Answer:
Bisector of an angle divides the opposite side in the ratio of the sides containing the angle.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 24
So, the coordinates of the point P which divides the line joining (4, 0) and (0, 3) in the ratio 4 : 3.
BP : PC = 4 : 3, so coordinate of P is Coordinate of x \(=4+\frac{4}{7}(0-4)=4-\frac{16}{7}=\frac{12}{7}\)
Coordinate of y \(=0+\frac{4}{7}(3-0)=0+\frac{12}{7}=\frac{12}{7}\)
\(\text { Coordinate of } P \text { is }\left(\frac{12}{7}, \frac{12}{7}\right)\)

Textbook Page No. 227

Question 1.
Prove that the points (1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7) are on the same line.
Answer:
Coordinates of slope of a line, which joins the points (1, 3) and (2, 5) = \(\frac{5-3}{2-1}=2\)
Slope of a line, which joins the points (2, 5) and (3, 7) \(=\frac{7-5}{3-2}=2\)
both have same slope, so they make equal angles with the x-axis.
∴ They all lie on the same line.

Algebra 10th Standard Question 2. Find the coordinates of two more points on the line joining (-1, 4) and (1, 2).
Answer:
Change in x is 2 and y is -2
When change in x be 1 then change in y = \(\frac{-2}{2}=-1\)
Let change in x be 1 then change in y will be 3.
Coordinate of y = 4 + 3 x – 1 = 1
Point (2, 1)
Let change in x be 3 then change in ywillbe 4.
∴ Coordinate of y = 4 + 4 x – 1 = 0
∴ Point (3, 0)
Two points are (2, 1), (3, 0)

Question 3.
x1, x2, x3, ……… and y1, y2, y3, …….. are arithmetic sequences. Prove that all the points with coordinates in the sequence (x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3) ……… of number pairs are on the same line.
Answer:
If the line which contains the points (x1, y1), (x3, y3) also contains (x, y), then
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 25
Therefore, (x1, y1), (x2, y2) …………. will be in the same line

Question 4.
Prove that If the points (x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3) are on a single line, then the points (3x1 + 2y1, 3x1 – 1y1), (3x2 + 2y2, 3x2 – 2y2), (3x3 + 2y3, 3x3 – 2y3) are also on a single line. Would this be true if we take some other numbers instead of 3 and 2?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 27
Yes it is possible.

Textbook Page no: 231

Question 1.
Find the equation of the line joining (1, 2) and (2, 4). For points on this line with consecutive natural numbers 3, 4, 5, ……… as the x coordinates, what is the sequence of y coordinates?
Answer:
Equation of line joining the points (1, 2), (2, 4)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 28

Question 2.
Find the equation of the line joining (–1, 3) and (2, 5). Prove that if the point (x, y) is on this line, so is the point (x+3, y+2).
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 29

Question 3.
Prove that whatever number we take as, the point (x, 2x + 3) is a point on the line joining (–1, 1) and (2, 7).
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 30
= \(\frac{2 x+3-7}{x-2}=\frac{2 x-4}{x-2}=2\)
The slopes are same hence die point (x, 2x+3) is passing through the points (–1, 1), (2, 7)

Question 4.
The x coordinate of a point on the slanted (blue) line is 3:
i. What it its y coordinates?
ii. What is the slope of the line?
iii. Write the equation of the line.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 31
Answer:
As we get a right triangle on joining die three points’, with angles 30 : 60: 90 and ratio of their sides 1 : √3: 2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 32

Question 5.
In the picture here, ABCD is a square. Prove that for any point on the diagonal BD, the sum of the x and coordinates is zero.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 33
Answer:
B(2, -2), D(-2, 2) are the vertices of the diagonal BD: Sum of x,y coordinates of B = 2 + –2 = 0
Sum of x,y coordinates of D = –2 + 2 = 0
If (x, y)is a point on BD, then
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 34

Question 6.
Prove that for any point on the line intersecting the axes in the picture, the sum of the x and y coordinates is 3.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 35
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 36
∴ the sum of the and y coordinates of the point is 3.

Question 7.
Find the equation of the circle with center at the origin and radius 5. Write the coordinates of eight points on this circle.
Answer:
Equation of the circle
= (x – 0)2 + (y – 0)2 = 52
= x2 + y2 = 25
x2 = 25 – y2
x = \(=\sqrt{25-y^{2}}\)
y = 0 x = 5 (5, 0), (–5, 0)
y = 5 x = 0 (0, 5), (0, –5)
y = 3 x = 4 (4, 3), (4, 3)
y = 4 x = 3 (3, 4), (3, –4)
Coordinates of points on the circle
(5, 0), (–5, 0), (0, 5), (0, -5), (4, 3), (4, 3), (3, 4), (3, 4).

Question 8.
Prove that if (x, y) be a point on the circle with the line joining (0, 1) and (2, 3) as diameter, then x2 + y2 – 2x – 4y + 3 = 0. Find the coordinates of the points where this circle cuts they axis.
Answer:
As (0, 1), (2, 3) are the points joining the diameter of the circle, the center will be
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 37
Let (x, 0) be the coordinate which intersect
the x axis then, x2 – 2x +3=0
\(x=\frac{2 \pm \sqrt{4-12}}{2}=\frac{2 \pm \sqrt{-8}}{2}\)
This circle can not be intersect the x axis. Let (0, y) be the coordinate which intersect the y axis then, y2 – 4y + 3 = 0,
(y – 3)(y – 1) = 0 Coordinates are (0, 1) and (0, 3)

Question 9.
What is the equation of the circle shown here?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 38
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 39

Geometry and Algebra Orukkam Questions & Answers

Worksheet 1

Question 1.
If A(2, –1), B(3, 4), C(–2, 3) are the vertices of a triangle find the fourth vertex.
Answer:
Difference between x coordinates of A and B = 3 – 2 = 1, Coordinate of y = 4 + 1 = 5
x coordinates of D = –2 – 1 = -3
y coordinates of D = 3 – 5 = –2
Coordinates of D = (–3, –2)

Question 2.
In triangle ABC (4, 2) is the midpoint of AB. The midpoint of BC is (5, 4), the midpoint of AC is (3, 3). Find the vertices of the triangle.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 40
2x2 = 12
∴ x2 = 6
∴ y2 = 3
From(1) y1 = 4 – 3 = 1
x = 8 – 6 = 2, y3 = 6 – 1 = 5
From(3) x3 = 6 – 2 = 4 ,
Coordinates of A, B and C A(2, 1), B(6, 3), C(4, 5)

Question 3.
If A(2, –2), B(14, 10), C(11, 13) are the three vertices of a parallelogram ABC D write the coordinates of the fourth vertex
Answer:
A(2, –2), B(14, 10), C(11, 13).
Difference of x coordinates of A and B = 14 – 2 = 12.
x coordinate of D = 11 – 12 = 1.
Difference of y coordinates of A and B= 10 – (–2) = 12
y coordinates of D =13 – 12 = 1
Coordinates of D = (–1, 1)

Worksheet 2

Question 4.
Find the coordinates of the point which divides the line joining(4, –3), (9, 7) in the
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 41

Question 5.
Find the coordinates of the midpoint of the line joining the points(1, –2), (–3, 4)
Answer:
Coordinates of midpoint =
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 42

Question 6.
The points A(6, 1), B(8, 2), C(9, 4), D(p, 3) are the vertices of a parallelogram. Find the value of p using the concept that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect each other.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 43
The x coordinate of O using the concept that the diagonals of a parallelogram bisect
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 44

Question 7.
One end of the diameter of a circle is (1, 4). The center of the circle is (3, –4). Find the coordinates of other end
Answer:
One end of the diameter = (x1, y1) = (1, 4)
Center of the circle = (x, y) =(3, -4)
If other end of the diameter = (x2, y2)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 45
Other end of the diameter (5 – 12)

Question 8.
Find the coordinates of the points P and Q which trisect the line joining (2, –3), and (4, –1) P,Q
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 46
P can divide the line which joins the points (2, –3),(4, –1)in the ratio of 1 : 2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 47

Question 9.
Prove thatA(6, 4), B(5, –2), C(7, –2) are the vertices of an isosceles triangle. If D is the midpoint of the side BC ,find the coordinates of D. Calculate the length of this median. Also, find the coordinates of centroid
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 48

Worksheet 3

Question 10.
A-line makes an angle 45° with x-axis.Find the slope of the line
Answer:
Slope of the line = tan 45° = 1
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 49

Question 11.
The points on a line are (–1, 1), (3, 1), (5, 1)What is the angle made by this line with x-axis? What is the slope of this line
Answer:
This line is parallel to the x-axis so the slope is 0.

Question 12.
Find the slope of the line passing through (1, –3) (3, –5).
Answer:
Slope = \(\frac{-5+3}{3-1}=\frac{-2}{2}=1\)

Question 13.
A line passing through a point at a distance 4 from the right of origin on x-axis. If (3, –5) is a point on this line, find the equation of the line.
Answer:
Points are (4, 0) (3, –5)
Slope = \(\frac { -5 }{ -1 }\) = 5

Question 14.
If a line cut x-axis at (5, 0) and y-axis at (0, –3) Find the slope of the line given below.
Answer:
Slope of the line = \(\frac{-3-0}{0-5}=\frac{-3}{-5}=\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 15.
Find the slope of the line given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 50
Answer:
Slope of the line = tan 60° = √3

Worksheet 4

Question 16.
Prove that the points (1, 3) (2, 5) (3, 7) are on a line
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 51
Three points are lies on the same line.

Question 17.
The numbers in the sequence 2, 5, 8,11 and the numbers in the sequence 7, 11, 15, 19 …. are joined pairwise as given below(2, 7), (5, 11), (8, 15) Prove that these are on a line.
Answer:
Distance between (2, 7) and (5, 11) = \(=\sqrt{9+16}=5\)
Distance between (5, 11) and (8, 15) = \(=\sqrt{9+16}=5\)
Hence the distances are same, so the points are lie on the same line.

Question 18.
Find the slope of the line passing through (–2, 3) (5, 7) Write the slope of the fine parallel to it.
Answer:
Slope of the line which passing through the points (–2, 3) and (5, 7) = \(\frac{7-3}{5+2}=\frac{4}{7}\)
The line which joins the points (–2, 2) and (5, 6) is parallel to the first line.
Slope of the line which passes through the points (–2, 2) and (5, 6) = \(=\frac{6-2}{5+2}=\frac{4}{7}\)
Slope of the line which passes through the points (–7, 4) and (0, 8) = \(=\frac{8-4}{0+7}=\frac{4}{7}\)
The lines are parallel because their slopes are same.

Worksheet 6

Question 19.
Find the equation of the line passing through (5, 1), (1, –1), (11, 4)
Answer:
Equation of the line which passes through the points (5, 1), and (1, –1)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 52
Equation is x – 2y – 3 = 0
Let find (11, 4) be on the equation 11 – 2 x 4 – 3 = 11 – 8 – 3 = 0
Equation is x – 2y – 3 = 0

Question 20.
(3, 0) is a point on the line joining the points (3x2, 6x), (3y2, 6y) then prove that xy = –1
Answer:
Slope of the line which passing through the points (3x2, 6x) and (3y2, 6y)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 53
That is equal to the slope of the line which joins the points (3, 0) and (3x2, 6x).
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 54
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 55

Worksheet 7

Question 21.
If a line is passing through (1, 1). This point divides the segment between axes in the ratio 3 : 4. Find the equation of this line.
Let consider the line 4x + 3y = 7, which cuts x axis at (a, 0) and y axis at (0, b)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 56
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 57

Geometry and Algebra SCERT Questions & Answers

Question 22.
In the parallelogram ABCD A(2, 3); B(7, 3); and D(4, 7). Find the coordinates of C. [Score: 4, Time: 6 minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 58
Answer:
In the figure ΔAED, ΔBFC
AD = BC. DE = CF (1)
AE = BF = 2 unit (1)
∴ x coordinate of C
= 7 + BF = 7 + AE = 7 + 2 = 9 (1)
y coordinate of C = 3 + FC = 3 + ED = 3 + 4 = 7 (1)
C has the coordinates (9, 7)

Question 23.
In parallelogram ABCD A(2, 3); B(6, 5); and D(4, 7). Find the coordinates of C [Score: 4, Time: 6 minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 59
Answer:
Draw AE, DF parallel to x-axis. (1)
Draw BE, CF parallel to y-axis.
In right triangles Δ ABE, Δ DCF (1)
AB=DC, ∠BAE = ∠CDF
∠ABE = ∠DCF
∴ AE = DF= 6 – 2 = 4
BE = CF =5 – 3 = 2
x coordinate of C = 4 + DF = 4 + 4 = 8
y coordinate of C = 7 + CF = 7 + 2 = 9
Coordinates ofC (8, 9) (1)

Question 24.
In parallelogram ABCD A(x1, y1),B(x3, y2), D(x2, y3) Find the coordinates of C. [Score: 4, Time: 6 minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 60
Answer:
Draw AE, DF parallel to x-axis
Draw BE, CF parallel to y-axis
In right triangles ΔAEB, ΔDFE
AB=DC (1)
∠BAE = ∠CDF ∠ABE = ∠DCF
∴ AE = DF = x2 – x1 (1)
BE = CF = y2 – y1 (1)
x coordinate of C =
x3 + DF = x3 + x2 -x,
y coordinate of C = y3 + CF = y3 + y2 – y1
∴ C has the coordinates =(x2 + x3 – x1, y2 + y3 – y3) (1)

Question 25.
Find the coordinates of the fourth vertex of the parallelogram shown here. [Score: 2, Time: 6 minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 61
Answer:
If A(x1, y1); B(x3, y2); D(x2, y3) are vertices of a parallelogram ABCD, then C has the coordinates (x3 + x2 – x1, y3 + y2 – y1) (1)
x coordinate of fourth vertex = 8 + 5 – 3 = 10
y coordinate of fourth vertex = 7 + 4 – 2 = 9
Coordinate of fourth vertex (10, 9) (1)

Question 26.
In the parallelogram PQRS, P(-3, 2) Q(2, 7), S(1, 9) are three vertices. Find the length of the diagonal PR. [Score: 4, Time: 6 minutes]
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 62
Answer:
x coordinate of R = 2 + 1 – (–3) = 6 (1)
y coordinate of R = 9 + 7 – 2 = 14 (1)
(6, 14) is the coordinate of R
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 63

Question 27.
A ABC A(6, 8); B(3, 4); C(–2, 2) are its vertices. The bisector of ∠A cuts BC at D.
a Find BD: CD.
b. Find the coordinates of D. [Score: 4, Time: 8 minutes]
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 64

Question 28.
A circle is drawn with AB as diameter whose endpoints are A(3, 1) and 5(9, 10)
a. Find the coordinates of the center of the circle.
b. If another circle with diameter one-third of the above circle is drawn with the same center, what are the points that the circle cuts AB? [Score: 5, Time: 8 minute]
Answer:
a. Coordinates of the center OA
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 65

Geometry and Algebra Exam Oriented Questions and Answers

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Question 29.
Find the midpoint of the line segment joining the points(3, 0), (–1, 4).
Answer:
Mid point of the line segment joining the line segment joining the points (3, 0), (–1, 4).
\(=\left(\frac{3-1}{2}, \frac{0+4}{2}\right)=(1,2)\)

Question 30.
Find the equation of the line joining (1, 3), (2, 7).
Answer:
If (x, y) be any point on this line, then
\(\frac{(y-4)}{(x-1)}=2\)
y – 4 = 2(x – 1)
y – 4 = 2x – 2
2x + y + 2 = 0

Question 31.
What is the distance between the origin and the point (–2, -3)? What is the relation between this distance and the distance between the origin and the point (2, 3)?
Answer:
The distance to the points (–2,–3) is \(\sqrt{(-2)^{2}+(-3)^{2}}=\sqrt{13}\)
The distance to the points (2, 3) is \(\sqrt{2^{2}+3^{2}}=\sqrt{13}\)
Both the distances are equal.

Question 32.
Mark the points A(2, 3), 6(6, 6) by drawing the axes. Draw a rectangle with AB as di-agonal and sides are parallel to the axes. Find the coordinates of the other vertices of the rectangle. Find the length and breadth of the rectangle. Find the length of the diagonal AB.
Answer:
P(6, 3) Q(2, 6)
length = 4, breadth = 3
AB = \(\sqrt{4^{2}+3^{2}}-\sqrt{25} \div 5\)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 66

Question 33.
What is the equation of the circle? Centre (2, 1), radius √5.
Answer:
Equation of the circle
(x – 2)2 + (x – 1)2 = 5
x2 – 4x + 4 + y2 – 2y + 1 = 5
x2 + y2 – 4x – 2y = 0

Question 34.
If (7, 3), (6, 1), (8, 2) and (p, 4) are the vertices of a parallelogram taken in order, then find the value of p.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 67
Answer:
The midpoint of the diagonal AC and the diagonal BD coincide.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 68

Question 35.
Find the equation of the line joining (–1, 3), (2, 5).
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 69

Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Question 36.
A is a point on the Y axis, equidistant from (3, 5) and (2, 6). Draw a rough sketch. If the Y co-ordinate of Ais P. What are the coordinates of A, in terms of P? Calculate the Value of P and hence the coordinates of A.
Answer:
The coordinate of A is (0, P). Since A is a point on the y-axis.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 70
P2 – 12P + 40 = P2 – 10P +34
P2 – P2 – 12P + 10P = 34 – 40 – 2P = -6
P=3
∴ Coordinates of A are (0, 3)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 71

Question 37.
The points A(0, 0), B(10, 0), C(5, 5√3 ) are the vertices of the triangle ABC. Find AB, BC, AC and prove that the triangle is equilateral.
Answer:
A(0, 0), B(10, 0), C (5, 5√3)
AB = 10 unit
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 72
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 73
AB = BC = AC
∴ ΔABC is equilateral

Question 38.
Prove that the points (2, 3), (7, 5), (9, 8), (4, 6) are the corners of a parallelogram.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 74
Since opposite sides are parallel, ABCD is a parallelogram.

Question 39.
a. What is the point at which the line 2x + 4y – 1 = 0 cuts the x-axis?
b. What about the y-axis?
Answer:
a. If the line 2x + 4y – 1 = o cut the x -axis at (x, 0), then 2x – 1 = 0
x = 1/2
The line intersect x axis is ( 1/2, 0 )
If the line 2x + 4y – 1 = 0 cut the y-axis at (0, y), then
4y – 1 = 0
y = 1/4
The line intersect y axis is (0, 1/4).

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 4)

Question 40.
Find the slope of the line joining (2, 3) and (3, –1). Check whether this line passes through the point (5, 6). What about the point (5, -9)?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 75
∴ Slope of the line joining (2, 3) and (3, –1)
\(=\frac{3-1}{2-3}=\frac{3+1}{-1}=-4\)
Slope of the line is –4
For point (5, –6)
Slope = \(\frac{6-3}{5-2}=\frac{3}{3}=1\)
Since slope = 4,
this line does not pass through(5,6)
For point (5, –9) Slope = \(\frac{-9-3}{5-2}=\frac{-12}{3}=-4\)
The line (5, –9) pass through the point.

Question 41.
Write the coordinates of each points on the lines 2x – y + 1 = 0 and 3x – 2y + 3 = 0. Find the co-ordinates of the point of intersection of the lines.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 76

Question 42.
a. Find the slope of the line joining the points (5, 3) and (4, 1).
b. Which are the points where this line meets x-axis and y-axis?
c. Write the coordinates of two other points on the line.
Answer:
a. Let (5, 3) = (x1, y1) and (4, 1) = (x2, y2),
= slop = \(\frac{y_{2}-y_{1}}{x_{2}-x_{1}}=\frac{1-3}{4-5}=\frac{-2}{-1}=\frac{2}{1}=2\)
b. If the line meets x axis at the point (x, 0), then slope = \(\frac{a-3}{x-5}=2 \Rightarrow 2(x-5)=-3\)
2x – 10 = –3,
2x = –3 + 10 = 7,
x = 7/2 = 3.5,
point is = (3.5, 0)
y axis \(\frac{y-3}{0-5}=2 \text { point }(0,-7)\)

c. slope is (2/1) means when x coordinate increase/decreases by 1, y co-ordinate increases decreases by 2. Another point on the line is (5 + 1), (3 + 2) = (6, 5)
A third point = (6 + 1) (5 + 2) = (7, 7)

Long Answer Type Questions (Score 5)

Question 43.
In the figure, the center of the circle is the origin and its radius is 1 unit. The points A,B are on the circle with ∠AOP = 30°, ∠AOB = 15°.
a. Find the coordinates of A and B.
b. Find the relation between the slope of the lines OA, OB and the tan measures of angles they make with the x-axis.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 77
Slopes of the lines and die tangent values-of the angles made by the lines with the axis are equal.

Question 44.
A circle is drawn with origin as the center and radius 10 units. Show that the point (–8, –6) is a point on the circle. Find out whether the point (9, –1) lies within the circle or outside the circle. Why?
Answer:
The distance between the centre and the point (-8,-6) is = \(=\sqrt{(-8)^{2}+(-6)^{2}}=\sqrt{100}=10\)
It is equal to the radius. So the point (-8, -6) is a point on the circle.
The distance between the centre, and the point (9,-1) is = \(\sqrt{9^{2}+(-1)^{2}}=\sqrt{81+1}=\sqrt{82}\)
√82 is smaller than 10.
So the point (9, –1) is a point inside the circle.

Geometry and Algebra Memory Map

Distance between (x1,y1) and (x3, y2) is \(\sqrt{\left(x_{2}-x_{1}\right)^{2}+\left(y_{2}-y_{1}\right)^{2}}\)
Distance of (x, y) from (0, 0) is \(\sqrt{x^{2}+y^{2}}\)

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 78
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 79

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Maths Solutions Chapter 9 Geometry and Algebra - 80

Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction Notes Kerala Syllabus

You can Download Electro Magnetic Induction Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

SSLC Physics Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction Textbook Questions and Answers

SCERT Class 10th Standard Physics Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction Solutions

Text Book Page No. 45

Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 1.
You know that electrical energy can be converted into many other forms. Write down some examples.
Answer:
Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus
Electromagnetic Induction Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Notes Kerala Syllabus

Text Book Page No. 46

Electromagnetic Induction Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 2.
Record your observations in the table given below.
Physics Chapter 3 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Solutions Kerala Syllabus
Text Book Page No. 47

Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 3.
Using magnet of high strength, and increasing the number of turns in the solenoid, the experiment is repeated. On the basis of the experiments complete the table (3.2).
Electromagnetic Induction Class 10 Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Solutions Kerala Syllabus

Physics Chapter 3 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 4.
→ Why did the galvanometer needle deflect in the experiment?
Answer:
Whenever there is a change in the magnetic flux linked with a coil, an emf is induced in the coil.

→ Which were the instances in which there was a flow of current through the solenoid?
Answer:
Whenever there is a relative motion between the magnet and the solenoid, there is flow of electricity.

→ Which were the instances in which the current increased?
Answer:
Number of turns increased.Strong Magnet used Magnet / Solenoid moves with greater speed.

Text Book Page No. 48

Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 5.
Observe the figure given below.
(The figure indicates the two stages of doing the experiment)
Physics Chapter 3 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus

→ On which instance will the magnetic flux linked with the solenoid be less?
Answer:
Magnet is moved away from it solenoid.

→ On which instance will the magnetic flux linked with the solenoid be greater?
Answer:
When magnet is moved into the solenoid.

→ On which instance does a change in magnetic flux linked with the solenoid occur? (while it is moving/ while it is stationary)
Answer:
while it is moving.

Electromagnetic Induction Class 10 Questions And Answers Kerala Syllabus Question 6.
What may be the factors affecting the induced emf?
Answer:

  • Number of turns of the coiled conductor.
  • Magnetism.
  • Movement of magnet and solenoid.

Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Solutions Kerala Syllabus Question 7.
Which are the factors on which the direction of induced current in electromagnetic induction depend?
Answer:

  • Direction of magnetic field
  • Direction of conductor
  • Direction of induced current

Text Book Page No. 49

Physics Chapter 3 Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 8.
Table 3.3
10th Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus
Text Book Page No. 50

10th Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 9.
The current obtained from the cell is unidirectional and is of the same magnitude. But what are the peculiarities of the current obtained by electromagnetic induction?
Answer:

  • Direction changes.
  • Magnitude changes.

Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 10.
We use mechanical energy in generators to move the magnet or coiled conductor continuously. In that case what shall be the energy change in a generator?
Answer:
Mechanical energy → Electrical energy

Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus Question 11.
Observe Fig 3.5(a) and write down the parts given in Fig. 3.5(b)
Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus
Answer:
ABCD: Armature.
B1, B2: Brush.
R1, R2: Slip rings.

Hsslive Guru 10th Physics Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 12.
ABCD indicates one turn of the armature coil. When the coil rotates about the axis in the clockwise direction, the portion AB moves upward and the portion CD moves downward.
Then according to the Fleming’s Right-Hand Rule.

→ What is the’direction of induced current in the portion AB? ( from A to B/ from B to A).
Answer:
from A to B.

→ What is the direction of induced current in the portion CD? (from C to D/from D to C).
Answer:
from C to D.

→ What is the direction of induced current in the coil ABCD? ( from A to D/from D to A).
Answer:
from A to D.

→ What is the direction of induced current in the external circuit? (through the galvanometer) (from B2 to B1/ from B1 to B2.
Answer:
from B2 to B1.

Class 10 Physics Chapter 3 Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 13.
What will be the positions of AB and CD when the armature completes 180° or one-half rotation?
Answer:
AB will be near the south pole of the magnet and CD will be near the north pole.

Physics 3rd Chapter Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Question 14.
Depict this stage of rotation of the armature in the science diary. At this instance,

→ What is the direction of movement of AB?
Answer:
Direction of AB is downward.

→ What is the direction of movement of CD?
Answer:
Direction of CD is upward.

→ What is the direction of current in the armature?
Answer:
from D to A.

→ What is the direction of current through the external circuit (through the galvanometer)?
Answer:
from B1 to B2.

Text Book Page No. 52

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Chapter 3 Question 15.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 11
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 12
Text Book Page No. 52

Hss Live Physics 10th Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 16.
When 50 Hz AC is used, how many times will the direction of current change in the circuit?
Answer:
100 times.

Electromagnetic Induction Hsslive Kerala Syllabus Question 17.
Current is induced when the armature of a generator rotates. Slip rings and brushes are the ways and means by which this current is brought to the outer circuit. Is this arrangement necessary if the magnet in generator is made to rotate?
Answer: No

Hss Live Guru 10th Physics Kerala Syllabus Question 18.
Record in your science diary, the other ways by which mechanical energy can be made available for the working of a generator.
Answer:
From coal, naphtha, water from dam, exciters and big batteries. Field magnets are used as electromagnets. Mechanical energy also obtained from heat released by nuclear fusion.

Sslc Physics Chapter 3 Notes Pdf Kerala Syllabus Question 19.
Now write down in your science diary how the power for operating the generator which Babu saw near the stage was generated.
Answer:
The device which converts mechanical energy into electrical energy. When the armature rotates on its axis in the magnetic field, the magnetic flux linked within the coil changes. As a result, current is induced in the coil.

Sslc Physics 3rd Chapter Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 20.
Is it possible to produce DC (Direct Current) using a generator?
Answer:
Possible. If split-ring commutator is used in a generator instead of slip rings, we will get DC.

Text Book Page No. 54

Hsslive Guru 10th Physics Kerala Syllabus Question 21.
What are the similarities between the DC motor that we saw in the previous chapter and a DC generator?
Answer:

  • Permanent magnet.
  • Armature.
  • Brushes.

Physics 10th Class Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 22.
Connect the output of a small DC generator to a galvanometer and rotate the armature continuously.

→ How is the needle deflected?
Answer:
Same direction.

→ Is the direction of current changing?
Answer:
No.

→ Is the magnitude of current the same?
Answer:
No. emf increases and decreases.

Physics Class 10 Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Question 23.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 13
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 14
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 15
Text Book Page No. 55

Physics Class 10 Chapter 3 Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 24.
Turn on & turn off the switch continuously. What do you observe?
Answer:
Bulb glows and then goes off.

Physics Class 10 Chapter 3 Kerala Syllabus Kerala Syllabus Question 25.
If the switch is kept in the on position what do you observe?
Answer:
Bulb does not glow continuously.

Question 26.
On what occasions do the flux change?
Answer:
When the switch is made to go on or off continuously.

Question 27.
What are the occasions when current flows through the second coil?
Answer:
When the switch in the first coil is kept on or off.

Question 28.
Can you suggest a method by which change can be brought in magnetic flux without switching on and off continuously?
Answer:
If AC is given to the primary coil instead of j DC, emf will be continuously induced in the secondary coil.

Text Book Page No. 56

Question 29.
Examine the diagrams of step up and stepdown transformers and list out the differences in their designs.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 16

Text Book Page No. 57

Question 30.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 17
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 18

Question 31.
A transformer working on a 240 V AC supplies a voltage of 8 V to an electric bell in the circuit. The number of turns in the primary coil is 4800. Calculate the number of turns in the secondary coil.
Answer:
Vp = 240V
Vs = 8V
Np = 4800
\(\begin{array}{l}{\frac{V_{s}}{V_{p}}=\frac{N_{s}}{N_{p}}} \\ {N_{s}=\frac{V_{s} \times N_{p}}{V_{p}}=\frac{8 \times 4800}{240}=160}\end{array}\)

Question 32.
The input voltage of a transformer is 240V AC. There are 80 turns in the secondary coil and 800 turns in the primary. What is the output voltage of the transformer?
Answer:
Vp = 240V
Ns = 80
Np = 800
\(\begin{array}{l}{\frac{V_{s}}{V_{p}}=\frac{N_{s}}{N_{p}}} \\ {V_{s}=\frac{N_{s} \times V_{P}}{N_{p}}=\frac{80 \times 240}{800}=24 \mathrm{V}}\end{array}\)

Question 33.
If voltage and current are known, what is the formula for finding power?
Answer:
Power = Voltage x Current

Text Book Page No. 58

Question 34.
In a transformer, if the voltage of the primary is Vp and the current in the primary is Ip, voltage in the secondary is Vs and the current Is, write down the formulae connecting them.
Answer:
Power in the primary = Vp x Ip
Power in the secondary = Vs x Is

Question 35.
In a transformer without any loss in power, there are 5000 turns in the primary and 250 turns in the secondary. The primary voltage is 120 V and the primary current is 0.1 A. Find the voltage and current in the secondary.
Answer:
Np = 5000
Ns = 250
Vp = 120
Ip = 0.1A
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 19
Question 36.
Categorize the following relations appropriately as step up or step down transformers.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 20
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 21
Question 37.
As a result of the flow of current through a solenoid, is there any chance of inducing an electric current in the same solenoid?
Answer:
Yes. By self-induction.

Text Book Page No. 59

Question 38.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 22
→ In which circuit does the bulb give a light with low intensity?
Answer:
Second circuit

→ Why does the intensity of light de-crease in that circuit?
Answer:
Back emf more

→ In which circuit is a magnetic field developed around the solenoid?
Answer:
On both circuits

→ If so in which circuit is a continuous emf induced?
Answer:
On second circuit

→ Have you understood the reason behind the decrease in the intensity of light in the second circuit? Write it down in the science diary.
Answer:
When AC passes through a solenoid, a changing magnetic field is generated around it. Due to this, an induced emf is generated inside the solenoid. This induced emf is in a direction opposite to that applied on the coil. Hence this is a back emf. This back emf reduces the effective voltage in the circuit.

Text Book Page No. 60

Question 39.
Inductors are widely used in AC circuits. Why?
Answer:
Inductors are used in the electronic circuits, to control and decrease current without power loss.

Question 40.
If resistors are used instead of inductors, what will be the disadvantage?
Answer:
Electric energy is lost in the form of heat.

Question 41.
Inductors are not used in DC circuits. Find out the reason and write it down in the science diary.
Answer:
Back emf is not produced as the flux formed by the current has no variation. So current control by inductor in DC is not possible.

Question 42.
Which are the main parts of a moving coil microphone?
Answer:
Diaphragm, Permanent magnet and Voice coil.

Question 43.
Which is the moving part in it?
Answer:
Diaphragm and Voice coil.

Question 44.
If a sound is produced in front of a movable diaphragm, what will happen to the diaphragm?
Answer:
Vibrates corresponding to the sound signals.

Question 45.
What happens to the voice coil then?
Answer:
Vibrates.

Question 46.
What will be the result?
Answer:
Creates electric signal corresponding to the sound.

Text Book Page No. 61

Question 47.
Find out the similarities and differences between a moving coil microphone and a moving coil loudspeaker and write them down in the science diary.
Answer:
Similarities:

  • Both have voice coil.
  • Have permanent magnet.
  • Have diaphram.

Differences:

  • Loudspeaker:
    Electrical energy → sound energy.
  • Microphone:
    Sound energy → Electrical energy.

Question 48.
What is the energy transformation that takes place in a moving coil microphone?
Answer:
Sound energy → Electrical energy.

Text Book Page No. 62

Question 49.
How do we get mechanical energy for such generators?
Answer:

  • Water from dam.
  • Nuclear energy.
  • Heat produced during the combustion of Naphta, Coal, Lignite ….etc

Question 50.
Write down the name of some power stations in Kerala.
Answer:

  • Idukki – Moolamattom.
  • Idukki – Pallivasal.
  • Alappuzha – Kayamkulam.

Question 51.
Heat is generated in accordance with the equation H = I2Rt. In that case

→ What are the methods to reduce the heat generated?
Answer:

  • Reduce current.
  • Reduce resistance.
  • Reduce the time taken.

→ If current (I) is reduced to half, how much will be the reduction in heat? (half, one fourth)
Answer:
one fourth.

→ If current (I) is reduced to 1/10 time show much will be the reduction in heat?
Answer:
1/100

→ How can we reduce the current without change in power? Find out on the basis of the equation P = V x I.
Answer:
by increasing voltage.

Text Book Page No. 63

Question 52.
→ What is the method to reduce the transmission loss?
Answer:
Power can be increased using a step-up transformer so that power loss can be minimized during power transmission.

→ Which type of transformer is there in a power station?
Answer:
Step-up transformer.

→ Which type of transformer is there in a substation?
Answer:
Step down transformer.

→ Which type of transformer is a distribution transformer?
Answer:
Step down transformer.

→ If a person standing on the earth touches a phase line, will she get an electric shock? Why?
Answer:
The person will get an electric shock because there is a potential difference (400V) between phase and earth.

→ Which are the lines essential for household electrification?
Answer:
Neutral, Phase and Earth lines.

Text Book Page No. 64

Question 53.
Analyze Fig.3.14 and find the answers to the questions given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 23
→ To which device is the electric line reaching our home connected first?
Answer:
Watt-hour meter.

→ From where does the earth line start?
Answer:
From the main switch.

→ What is the use of a watt-hour meter?
Answer:
The electricity used is measured using a Watthour meter.

→ In which line are the fuses connected?
Answer:
Phase line.

→ What is the function of the main switch? Where is its position in the circuit?
Answer:
The electricity reaches the electrical appliances through the main switch. Therefore instead of turning each switch OFF, the main switch can be switched OFF. The main switch is placed just after the Watthour meter.

→ In the household electrical circuit, which is the third line, other than the phase and the neutral?
Answer:
Earth line.

→ What are the colors used for wires in phase, neutral and earth lines?
Answer:

  • Phase – Red.
  • Neutral – Black.
  • Earth – Green.

→ Where is the earth wire connected in a three-pin socket?
Answer:
Pin E.

→ How are the household devices connected? Series/parallel.
Answer:
Parallel.

Question 54.
The advantages of connecting devices in parallel. Write them down.
Answer:

  • Devices work according to the marked power.
  • Devices can be controlled using switches as per need.
  • The bulbs will get the required voltage.

Text Book Page No. 65

Question 55.
In a house, 5 CF lamps each of 20 W, works for 4hours, 4 fans each of 60 W work for 5 hours and a TV of 100 W works for 4 hours in a day. What will be the daily consumption shown by the watt-hour meter?
Answer:
4hour’s consumption of 5 CFL having 20 W
\(\frac { 5 × 20 × 4 }{ 1000 }\) = 0.4 kWh
5 hour’s consumption of 4 Fan having 60 W
\(\frac { 4 × 60 × 5 }{ 1000 }\) = 1.2 kWh
4 hour’s consumption of one T.V having 100 W
\(\frac { 1 × 100 × 4 }{ 1000 }\) = 0.4 kWh
Total unit = 2 kWh

Text Book Page No. 66

Question 56.
→ Which are the circumstances that lead to the flow of excess current in a house hold circuit?
Answer:
Over loading or Short circuit.

→ What happens to the circuit when there is an excess current in a circuit?
Answer:
More heat is generated. So appliances and circuit will get damaged.

→ How does a safety fuse protect a circuit?
Answer:
The current in the circuit may increase due to reasons such as short circuit, overload, excess flow of current or any problems in the insulation. As the higher temperature produced in the circuit due to these reasons makes the fuse wire to melt and the flow of current stops. Thus the circuit and the appliances are protected.

Text Book Page No. 67

Question 57.
What are the differences between ordinary fuse and MCB?
Answer:
Ordinary fuse works making use of heating effect of electricity while MCB works mak-ing use of heating and magnetic effects of electricity. The current in the circuit may increase due to reasons such as short circuit, overload, excess flow of current or any problems in the insulation.

As the higher temperature produced in the circuit due to these reasons makes the fuse wire to melt and the flow of current stops. Thus the circuit and the appliances are protected. MCB automatically breaks the circuit whenever there is an excess flow of current due to short circuit or overloading. After rectifying the circuit we can switch on the MCB and make the circuit as it was.

Question 58.
What is the advantage of MCB over a safety fuse?
Answer:
MCB is more sensitive to current than fuse, In case of MCB, the faulty zone of electrical circuit can be easily identified, With MCB it is very simple to resume to the supply, MCB is reusable and hence has less maintenance and replacement cost.

Question 59.
What is the function of ELCB/RCCB in the circuit?
Answer:
ELCB helps to break the circuit automatically whenever there is a current leak due to insulation failure or any other reason. Hence a person touching the electric circuit or a device does not get an electric shock. Nowadays RCCB, which ensures more safety than ELCB is made use of. In an ELCB one end of the relay coil is connected to the outer metallic cover and the other end is earthed.

If current leaks into the earth due to insulation failure or any other reason, a potential difference is developed between the ends of the relay coil. As a result, ELCB gets tripped off if the current exceeds a particular limit. This is with the help of a relay. In RCCB there is a provision to distinguish between the phase current and neutral current and to break the circuit if needed.

Question 60.
In the figure, which are the lines that are connected to the coil of the electric iron?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 22
Answer:
Earth, Phase and Neutral lines.

Question 61.
If the phase line comes into contact with the body of the appliance due to defects in the insulation, what happens to the person who touches the body of the appliance?
Answer:
The person will get shock.

Question 62.
How can safety be ensured using a three-pin plug?
Answer:
The pin E of a three-pin plug comes into contact with the earth line. This pin is now connected to the body of the appliance. If the body comes into contact with an electrie connection, electricity flows to the earth through the earth wire. The flow of current to the earth through a circuit of low resistance increases the current. Hence heat generated in the fuse wire increases, the fuse wire melts and the circuit is broken. This will protect the instrument and the person handling it.

Question 63.
Which line comes into contact with the pin E.
Answer:
Earthline.

Question 64.
Howdoestheearth pin differs from the other pins? Why is it made different in this way?
Answer:
The earth pin is thick and long. As it is long it first comes in contact with the earth. Similarly, it loses the contact with the earth only at the end. As it is thick it offers less resistance. It carries more current than the amount of current coming from the phase.

Question 65.
Which part of the instrument is connected to the earth line?
Answer:
The earth line is connected to the metal casing of the electrical appliances.

Question 66.
Is TV working on AC or DC?
Answer:
on AC

Question 67.
We get DC from a mobile phone battery. But we use AC for charging it. What may be the reason?
Answer:
Most of the devices that work only on DC work by converting AC into DC. Mobile charger is a device that converts AC into DC.

Question 68.
Classify the devices known to you as those working in AC and DC.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 23
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 24

Text Book Page No. 71

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 25
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 26
One way switch:
Use to start/stop current flow and to change the direction of current flow.

Two-way switch:
Having two or more switches in different locations to control one electrical device.

Three-pin socket:
Electricity can be supplied to electrical appliances safely.

Ceiling rose:
Ceiling rose helps in that one live wire that is needed for ceiling light or fan to go in continuation.

ELCB:
Helps to break the circuit automatically whenever there is a current leak due to insulation failure or any other reason.

Regulator:
Automatically maintain a constant voltage level.

Indicator:
A device which provides visual or remote indication of a fault on the electric power system.

RCCB:
Distinguish between the phase current and neutral current and to break the circuit if needed.

MCB:
Automatically breaks the circuit whenever there is an excess flow of current due to short circuits or overloading.

Kit Kat Fuse:
Protecting a circuit against excess current.

Switchboard:
To control the flow of power.

Meter:
Instrument used to measure the magnitude of a quantity.

Main switch:
The main power supply of the RC models.

Bulb holder:
Holding a light bulb or lamp.

Clamp Ammeter:
The vector sum of the currents flowing in all the conductors passing through the probe.

Multimeter:
Can measure voltage, current, and resistance.

AC Voltmeter:
To measure the AC voltage across any two points of electric circuit.

Wire stripper:
Used to strip the electrical insulation from electric wires.

Screwdriver (*):
Tool, usually hand-operated, for turning screws with shaped slotted heads.

Screwdriver (-):
Tool, usually hand-operated, for turning screws with shaped slotted heads.

Tester:
Touched to the conductor being tested.

Plier:
For gripping something round like a pipe or rod, some are used for twisting wires.

Gloves:
Leather protector gloves – Worn over rubber insulating gloves to help provide the mechanical protection needed against cuts, abrasions and punctures.

Insulation tape:
To insulate electrical wires and other materials that conduct electricity.

Wire ( cable):
To carry electrical currents.

PVC Pipe fittings:
Used for plumbing and drainage.

PVC channel:
In Control Panels and Electrical Cabinets.

PVC Pipe:
Used as the insulation on electric wires.

Text Book Page No. 72

Question 69.
Construct such a circuit in aplywood as shown in Fig 3.19. The list of materials required and the number of items are given in the table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 27
Answer:

  • Main switch.
  • Fuse.
  • MCB.
  • Main fuse.
  • Switchboard.
  • ELCB.
  • Fan.
  • Bulb.

Electro-Magnetic Induction Let Us Assess

Question 1.
Write down the names of some devices that work based on the principle of electromagnetic induction.
Answer:

  • Electric generator,
  • Transformer,
  • Moving coil galvanometer,
  • Induction cooker etc.

Question 2.
What are the components essential for proving electromagnetic induction experimentally?
Answer:
Magnet, soft iron core connecting wire and Galvanometer.

Question 3.
Which are the factors that affect the induced emf in electromagnetic induction?
Answer:

  • Number of turns in the armature.
  • Strength of magnetic field.
  • Speed of armature or field magnet.

Question 4.
Take a used cell from a calculator or remote control and connect it to a galvanometer as shown in the figure. What do you observe?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 28
Answer:
The galvanometer needle deflects to one direction because there is a slight current flow.

Question 5.
Write down the names of DC sources.
Answer:
Cell battery, Solar cell, Generator, Thermocouple, etc.

Question 6.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 29
a. Write down the names of parts numbered.
b. State the working principle of this device.
Answer:
a. 1. Field magnet,
2.Armature,
3. Slip rings.

b.Generators convert mechanical energy into electrical energy. Flux is changed and current is produced in the coil when the armature rotates from an axis. So current is induced due to flux change.

Question 7.
Write down the special features of AC and DC.
Answer:
Direct current (DC): Direction constant, emf increases and decreases.
Alternating current (AC): Direction changes continuously, emf increases and decreases.

Question 8.
Analyze the given graph and find out the instances at which the emf is maximum and minimum.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 30
Answer:
Maximum: T/4, 3T/4
Minimum : 0, T/2, T

Question 9.
There is only one type of generator AC generator. Write down your responses about this statement.
Answer:
According to the nature of output, generators can be classified into 2 types AC generator and DC generator. Though ac current is produced in a DC generator with the help of split-ring commutator ac is converted into dc current.

Question 10.
Line diagrams of a generator are given.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 31
a. What is the specialty of the electricity reaching the galvanometer if the armatures of both the generators are made to rotate?
b. What is the speciality of the electricity reaching the galvanometer if the field magnets of both the generators are made to rotate?
c. Draw the graphical representation of electricity obtained in both.
Answer:
a. DC in first and AC in second.
b. AC in both.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 32

Question 11.
Electromagnetic induction is
a. charging a substance.
b. process of developing a magnetic field around a coil by passing electricity through a coil.
c. process of rotating the armature of a generator.
d. process of making electricity by the relative motion of a magnet or a coiled conductor.
Answer:
d. process of making electricity by the relative motion of a magnet or a coiled conductor.

Question 12.
Which is the device used to generate electricity?
a. generator.
b. galvanometer.
c. motor.
d. ammeter.
Answer:
a. generator.

Question 13.
Write down the similarities and differences in the structure of an AC generator and a DC generator.
Answer:
Similarities:

  • Field magnet and Armature are present.
  • Works on the principle of electromagnetic induction.
  • AC produced on armature.

Differences:

AC generatorDC generator
Slip ring ACSplit ring commutator
produced in outer circuitDC produced in outer circuit
Armature or magnet can be rotatedOnly armature can rotated

Question 14.
A conductor hung horizontally in the north-south direction is connected to a galvanometer. The conductor is situated in a magnetic field acting in the East-west direction, In which direction should you move the conductor if maximum current is to be induced in the conductor in the north-south direction? Justify your answer.
a. towards east.
b. downwards.
c. upwards.
d. towards north.
Answer:
b. downwards. According to Fleming’s Right-hand rule.

Question 15.
Copper wires of the same length and thickness are connected to points A and B in all the three circuits. In-circuit (a) copper wire is not coiled. In circuits (b) and (c), the copper wire is coiled. Observe the circuits and answer the following questions.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 33
a. When circuit (a) is switched on, what do you observe?
b.When circuit (b) is switched on, what change do you observe in the intensity of light? Justify your answer.
c. When circuit (c) is switched on, what change do you observe in the intensity of light? Justify your answer.
Answer:
a. Bulb glows.
b. No change in the intensity of light. There is no back emf produced as DC current is used in the circuit.
c. Intensity of light decreases. Back emf is produced in the circuit as A.C current flows through it and current is decreased.

Question 16.
The current in the secondary coil of a transformer is 1A and that in the primary is 0.5 A.
a. What type of transformer is this?
b.If 200 V is available in the secondary coil of this transformer, what is the voltage in the primary?
c. Explain the working principle of a transformer.
Answer:
a. Step down Transformer.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 34
c.Mutual Induction:
Keep two sets of coils side by side. When the direction of current flow or its intensity is changed in one, the magnetic flux around it also changes. An emf and current is induced in the secondary coil. This phenomenon is called mutual induction.

Question 17.
In connection with the working of a microphone, a few statements are given inboxes. Arrange them in the proper sequence.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 35
Answer:
Sound is produced → diaphragm vibrates → Voice coil vibrates → electrical signals are produced in the voice coil.

Question 18.
Thick insulated copper wires are used in the primary coil of a step-up transformer and in the secondary of a step-down transformer. What is the necessity of this?
Answer:
The power in the primary and secondary.of a transformer is equal. Current is more where voltage is less because P = VI. Thick wires are needed to flow more quantity of current. In the primary of step up and in the secondary of step down, quantity of current is more.

Question 19.
Which situation causes short circuit?
Answer:
When a phase and neutral comes into direct contact in a household circuit or when two-phase come in contact or when a phase and neutral comes into direct contact in a distribution line.

Question 20.
What is the role of earthing wire in a household circuit?
Answer:
The pin E of a three-pin plug comes into contact with the earth line. This pin is now connected to the body of the appliance. If at all the body comes into contact with an electric connection, electricity flows to the; earth through the earth wire.

The flow of current to the earth through a circuit of low resistance increases the current. As a result heat generated in the fuse wire increases and the circuit gets broken. This ensures the safety of instrument and the person handling it.

Question 21.
Why do we say that metallic devices should be earthed?
Answer:
Chances of electric shock are” more when metallic devices are used. When metallic devices are earthed, chances of electric shock can be prevented.

Question 22.
An electric heater calibrated 1.5 kW, 230 V is connected to a household branch circuit having 5 Afuse wire and is, made to work. What will happen?
Answer:
Current produced the circuit when the device works is
I = \(\frac { P }{ V }\) = \(\frac { 1500 }{ 230 }\) = 6.52 A
So 5 Amperage fuse bums.

Question 23.
Which are the devices connected in series in a household circuit?
Answer:
Fan, Switch, Regulator, etc.

Question 24.
What can be done to save electrical energy in schools and houses?
Answer:

  • Use devices of good efficiency.
  • Use electricity only when required.
  • Reduce cooking using electricity.
  • Reduce the use of air conditioners and refrigerators.
  • Use LED bulbs instead of other bulbs.

Question 25.
Why do some mobile phones use three-pin plugs?
Answer:
In mobile phones, instead of earth pin, a plastic pin is used. For safety purpose, the phone neutral socket will have caps. Only if the pin enters the earth socket the other two sockets will open. It will be difficult to connect two-pin in such sockets. To solve this problem in mobile charges three-pin plug can be used.

Electro Magnetic Induction Extended Activities

Question 1.
Michael Faraday, the Father of electricity, did not even get elementary education. Are j you not inspired by the achievements of Faraday in the field of science? Conduct a seminar on “Contributions df Faraday and the hard work behind it.”
Answer:
Michael Faraday, an eminent scientist in the fields of physics and chemistry. He made his first invention in 1821. He proved that when a wire is kept in the magnetic field and current is passed through it, the wire moves.

By the series of experiments conducted in 1831 by using magnetic power Faraday found the important theory of production of current. He was called the father of electric current. He made valuable contributions in the field of chemistry also. It is wonderful to know that he didn’t get any formal education.

Question 2.
Energy is precious, especially electrical energy. Society must be convinced of the necessity of reducing the consumption of electrical energy. Prepare and propagate posters for this purpose.
Answer:

  • Control the consumption of current, or else we will be in darkness.
  • Next-generation also deserves current.
  • Electricity is only for essential purpose.
  • Use only efficient machinery to use minimum current.

Question 3.
Compare the induced current obtained when the armature coil rotates once in between the poles of a magnet, and the induced current obtained when the experiment using a magnet and coil was performed.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 36

Question 4.
Exhibit a model of electrical distribution network.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 37
Question 5.
Draw an electrical circuit containing the electrical appliances required for your classroom.
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 38
Question 6.
How can the earthing be done in order to ensure safety in electrical circuits? Discuss and prepare a note.
Answer:
Overloading or short-circuiting may occur during the working of electrical devices due to some problems in the mains or within the circuit. The excess current produced is discharged to the ground through the earth wire. This is known as earthing.

Thus earthing provides safety in the electrical circuits. In household electrical circuits for the effective functioning of the earth wire, the earthing system should be proper.

  • The pit in which the earth wire is placed should be filled with salt and coal.
  • During summers it is required to wet the places where it is earthed.

Question 7.
Observe and record the meter reading in your house for 10 consecutive days. Based on this, find out the average consumption per day. Find out methods to reduce consumption and record them. Present your findings in the Energy Club.
Answer:
Average usage = \(\frac { Total usage }{ no.of days }\)
Methods to reduce the usage of electricity.

  • Use devices of good efficiency.
  • Use electricity only when required.
  • Reduce cooking using electricity.
  • Reduce the use of air conditioners and refrigerators.

Electro Magnetic Induction Orukkam Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Observe the figure.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 39
a. Identify the device in figure 1?
b.What is Rj and Bj indicate in the figure?
c. What is the working principle of that device?
d. Identify the graph which indicate the emf produced by that device?
e. Suggest a way of method to increase the value of emf produced in armature coil of the device?
f. Which law is related with the direction of the induced emf in the armature? Explain?
g. Which part is used as rotor?
h.Which part is used as stator?
i. What are the advantages of armature used as stator?
j. Field magnets in power generator are electromagnet. Why?
k. Identify the device in figure 2?
l. Identify the graph given above of emf which is produced by that device?
m.What is the angle between the armature coils of a three-phase generator?
n. Some statements are given below which related to single-phase generator and three-phase generator. Classify them.
a. For each field magnet, there is only one armature.
b. There are three sets of armature coils for each field magnet.
c. AC generated in all the armature coils will be of the same phase at the same time.
d. AC generated in all the three armature coils will be of different phase at the same time.
Answer:
a. AC generator.
b. R1 – Slip Rings,
B1 – Brushes.
c. Electromagnetic Induction.
d. Graph 1.
e. Increase the number of turns.
f. Refer page no: 39
g. Field magnet.
h. Armature.
i. We can avoid rings and graphite brushes when the armature is used as stator. So there is no possibility of producing sparks.
j. Refer page no: 72 Question No: 1
k. Three-phase generator.
l. Graph 2.
m. 120°.
n. Single-phase generator – a, c.
Three phase-generator – b,d.

Question 2.
Observe the graph and answer the following.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 40
a. In which angles are the rate of changes of flux is maximum?
b. In which angles are the induced emf maximum?
c. What is meant by period of AC?
d. What is meant by frequency of AC?
e. What is the aim of increasing number of magnetic pole and armature coil in a power generator?
Answer:
a. 90° and 270°
b. 90° and 270°
c. The time taken by the armature coil for a full rotation is called Period.
d. The number of cycles per second is the frequency of AC.
e. To increase the amount of electricity produced.

Question 3.
Observe the figures.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 41
a. What kind of transformer is in figure 1?
b. What kind of transformer is in figure 2?
c. What is the working principle of a transformer?
d. Some statements are given below related to step-up transformer and step down transformer. Classify them. Number of turns in primary is less than secondary.

  • Thick wires are used in secondary.
  • Thick wires are used in primary.
  • Voltage in secondary is high.
  • Voltage in secondary is low.

e. Some relations are given about step-up transformer and stepdown transformer. Classify them.Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 42
Answer:
a. Step-up transformer.
b. Step down transformer.
C. Mutual induction.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 43
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 44

Question 4.
Construct the circuit as in the figure. Observe the intensity of light when switch in the circuit is turn on.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 45
a. What change is observed when 6V battery is connected instead of 6V AC in the circuit?
b. What change will occur in magnetic flux when 6V battery is connected to the circuit and 6V AC connected to the circuit?
c. What is the peculiarity of the induced emf when AC source is connected in the circuit instead of DC.
d. What is the name of this induced emf?
e. Name the phenomenon caused to reduce the intensity of light in the circuit.
f. What is the change in intensity of light will be occurred when soft iron core is inserted into the inductor?
g. What is the reason for the change in the intensity of light?
h. What is the phenomenon which caused to glow the LED?
i. Explain the phenomenon.
Answer:
a. Intensity of light decreases
b. When 6V AC is given, there is a change in the magnetic flux linked with the solenoid. Due to the change in flux, an induced emf is developed.
c. Emf will be in the opposite direction.
d. Back emf.
e. Self Induction.
f. Intensity of light decreases.
g. Change in flux increased.
h. Mutual Induction.
i. When the strength or direction of the current in one coil changes, the magnetic flux around it changes. As a result, an emf is induced in the secondary coil. This phenomenon is called Mutual induction.

Question 5.
Match the following related to ideas of different kind of power stations are given below.
Pallivasal, coal, Nuclear power station, Flowing water, Thermal power station. Kalpakam, Hydroelectric power station, Kayamkulam, Nuclear energy.
Answer:
Pallivasal :
Flowing water – Hydroelectric power station.

Kalpakam:
Nuclear energy – Nuclear power station

Kayamkulam:
Coal – Thermal power station.

Question 6.
There are some terms in connection with various power stations given. Fill in the blanks suitably.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 46
Answer:
a. Nuclear Power station.
b. Kinetic energy.
c. Electrical energy.
d. Chemical energy.
e. Mechanical energy.
f. Heat energy.
g. Electrical energy.

Question 7.
Power stations are centers that generate and distribute large quantities of electricity. Power transmission is the process of sending electricity to distant places through wires from the power stations.
a. What is the voltage at which electricity is generated at the power station?
b. What is the voltage of electricity supplied for domestic consumption?
c. In which stage of power transmission is the step-up transformer used?
d. Which are the stages in which step down transformers are used in power transmission?
e. What are the problems arises during distant energy transmission?
f. What are the factors which depend when electricity passes through the conductor?
g. What are the methods to reduce the resistance?
h. What change will occur in power when intensity of current is reduced in the circuit?
i. How is it possible to reduce the intensity of current without power loss?
j. What will be the change in secondary current when secondary voltage of a step-up transformer is increased 10 times?
Answer:
a. 11 kV or 11000 V.
b. 230 V.
c. Phase I
d. Phase ii, iii, iv.
e. Voltage drop, Power loss.
f. Current, Resistance, Time.
g. Increase the thickness of the conductor.
h. Power decreases
i. Increase the voltage.
j. Become less by 1/10.

Question 8.
Step-up or Step down transformer in the power distribution system erected for the purpose of household distribution.
a. How many lines reach the input of the distribution transformer?
b.What is the potential of each phase line?
c. How many lines go out of the distribution transformer? Which are they?
d.Which method is adopted for connecting secondary coil in the distribution transformer?
e. Three-phase lines from output of distribution transformer are connected into a common point. What is the name of the common point?
f. What is the potential difference between a phase line and neutral line?
g. What is the potential difference between any two-phase line?
h.What is the potential difference between the earth and the neutral line?
i. What is the potential difference between a phase line and the earth line?
Answer:
a. 3 lines.
b. 400 V.
c. 4 lines come out, 3 phase and one neutral.
d.Star connection.
e. Neutral.
f. 230 V.
g. 400 V.
h.0 V.
i. 0 V.

Question 9.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 47
a. How are the bulbs arranged in figure 1?
b. How are the bulbs arranged in figure 2?
c. Which circuits has more resistance?
d. All the switches in both the circuits may be turned on, in which circuit do the bulb give brighter light?
e. In which circuit current flowing through each bulb is maximum?
f. Which mode of connecting devices in your household electrical circuit is advisable?
Answer:
a. Series.
b. Parallel.
c. Series Connection.
d. Parallel Connection.
e. Parallel Connection.
f. Parallel Connection.

Electro Magnetic Induction Some more activities

Question 1.
Three-pin plug is used in the circuit of power devices like electric iron.
a. In three pin plug, what each pin indicate?
b. Which part of the device is connected to the earth pin?
Answer:
a. E-Earth line, N-Neutral line, P-Phase line.
b. To the body of the device.

Question 2.
What is the reason for massaging the body of a person who got electric shock?
Answer:
To increase the body temperature.

Electro Magnetic Induction SCERT Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Four identical solenoids and magnets are, depicted in the diagram. Magnets are shown as moving in the figures 1 and 2 and solenoids are shown as moving in figures 3 and 4.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 48
a. Which are the figures showing inducing of emf? How?
b. Pair the pictures in which the galvanometer needle deflects in the same direction. What does the deflection indicate?
c. Draw the picture of a device that can produce continuous electricity using the same principle as shown above for producing electricity.
Explain its working.
Answer:
a. Emf will be induced in all the 4 coils in the diagrams; flux change happens in all the four activities.
b. Pairs (1) and (4), (2) and (3). deflection of galvanometer needle indicates the direction of the flow of current.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 49
Question 2.
Certain factors that influence the induced emf in electromagnetic induction are listed below:
i. Increasing the speed of magnet.
ii. Decreasing the strength of magnet.
iii. Increasing the number of turns.
iv. Reducing the speed of rotation of the magnet.
v. Increasing the strength of magnetic field.
vi. Using solenoid with less number of turns.
Which of the above ideas can be used to get maximum emf by electromagnetic induction?
Answer:
i, iii, v.

Question 3.
The diagram shown below is an arrangement for producing 10V AC using electromagnetic induction. Observe the diagram carefully and answer the questions.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 50
a. Which law is used to find out the direction of induced emf when the armature coil ABCD starts rotating?
b. In which direction the side CD should move (up/down) to produce a flow of current from x to y? What should be the direction of movement of the side AB (up/down) to produce a flow of current in the same direction?
C. Find out the frequency by drawing a time emf graph if the armature completes 10 cycles in 5 seconds.
Answer:
a. Fleming s Right Hand Rule.
b.Upward, side AB moves down.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 51
Question 4.
Parts of an AC generator are given below. Field magnet, Armature, Slip rings, Brush.
a. Explain the position of these parts in an AC generator.
b. Write down the functions of any two.
Answer:
a. Armature rotates in the magnetic field of the field magnet. Springs are soldered to the ends of armature coil, Graphite Brush is connected in such a way as to have constant contact with springs.
b. Armature – Generate emf.
Field magnet – creates magnetic flux.

Question 5.
The various stages of rotation of an armatures coil while completing one rotation in a magnetic field and the graph of the emf produced by the coil are shown below:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 52
a. Select the appropriate points from the pictures m,n,o,p corresponding to the positions 1,2,3,4 and 5 in the graph.
b. Explain the scientific basis for the pairing.
c. Which two pictures show the maximum flux changes? Point out one difference between the two.
Answer:
a. 1-m, 2-0, 3-n, 4-p, 5m OR 1-n, 2-p, 3-m,4-0, 5-n
b. The change in direction and intensity of magnetic flux in armature file.
c. n and o. Magnetic flux change takes place in the opposite directions in these two.

Question 6.
Maximum voltage produced in an AC generator completing 60 cycles in 30 seconds is 250 V.
a. What is the period of the armature?
b. How many cycles are completed in T/2 seconds?
c. What is the maximum emf produced when the armature completes 1800 rotation?
Answer:
a. Period = Time taken to complete one full rotation.
Period = \(\frac { Time taken for rotation }{ Number of rotations }\) = \(\frac { 30 }{ 60 }\) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\) = 0.5s
When the Armature ABCD rotates, change in the magnetic flux depends on its direction and intensity.
b. only \(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\) of a rotation. T \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 }\),\(\frac { T }{ 2 }\),\(\frac { 1 }{ 4 }\)
c. 250V

Question 7.
In single-phase generators armature functions as rotor whereas in power generators armature functions as stator.
a. List out the other differences between single-phase and three-phase generators?
b. What are the advantages of using armature as stator in power generators?
Answer:
a.

Single-phaseThree-phase
Single armature between a pair of magnetic polesThree sets of armature coil for each field magnet
Generated ac comes out thr­ough a single phase from the outputGenerated as comes out through three different pha­ses from the output.

b.

  • Can increase the no.of turns of the armature coil.
  • Can avoid slip rings and also the subsequent sparks.

Question 8.
If a rotor in a power generator completes 3000 rotations in a minute.
a. Which type of AC is produced here, single-phase or three-phase?
b. What will be the frequency of the AC produced if a pair of magnetic poles are ) used in the generator?
c. What would be the time interval to produce the same emf in the two phases if j the rotor completes 20 rotations in a minute?
Answer:
a. Three phase AC
b. Frequency = \(\frac { 3000 }{ 1 × 60 }\) = 50Hz
c. 20 rotations in a minute -3 seconds for completing one rotation. So the time interval to produce same emf is 1 second.

Question 9.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 53
a. Observe the picture and identify the parts labeled as a, b, and c in the picture shown.
b. What is the energy change taking place in a moving coil microphone? What are the roles of the parts a,b, and c?
c. Why is the output signal of a moving coil microphone sent to the loudspeaker only after feeding it directly into an amplifier?
Answer:
a.1. Diaphragm.
2. Permanent magnet.
3. Voice coil.
b.
Mechanical energy to electrical energy Diaphragm – Vibrates in accordance with the sound falling on it.
Permanant magnet – Creates a magnetic field.
Voice coil – Creates electric signals corresponding to the sound.
c. The weak signals obtained from the microphone are strengthened by an amplifier.

Question 10.
Coils wound around a soft iron core connects two bulbs, B1 and B2 of 6 V. Analyse the figure and answer the questions.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 54
a. If 6 V, DC is given in the coil A and the switch is on, which of the bulbs, B, & B2 will glow? Why?
b. If AC is given to the coil A instead of DC, which of the bulbs will glow B1 or B2?
c. Was there any variation in the brightness of Bulb B1 when AC and DC were supplied? Why?
d. Write down the names of two instruments that use the principle of mutual induction.
Answer:
a. Only B1 because electricity flows only through B1
b. B1 and B2 because of mutual induction.
c. Light of B1 will be reduced when AC is passed through it. This is due to the back emf produced due to self-induction.
d. Transformer, Relay switch.

Question 11.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 55
Two solenoids A and B made of insulated copper wire are shown in the diagram. Observe the diagram and answer the questions below:
a. Write down different methods to light up the bulb connected in the coil B using the principle of electromagnetic induction.
b. What is the scientific principle applied to light up the bulb B?
Answer:
a.i. Switching S1 on and off by giving a DC supply.
ii. Keeping switched on after giving AC supply to the coil A.
iii.When coil A is moved relatively after supplying DC.
b. Mutual induction.

Question 12.
A transformer without power loss carries 4000 turns in the primary and 2000 turns in the secondary. If the primary voltage is 120 V and the current is 0.2 A.
a. What is the output voltage of transformer?
b. What is the current in the secondary?
c. What is the maximum output power?
d. Where are the thick wires to be used in this transformer in the primary or secondary? Why?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 56
d. In the secondary. Since P = V1 current is more in the secondary.

Question 13.
In a step up transformer, primary power is 50 W and output voltage is 100 V. If the current in the primary is 1 A.
a. What is the primary voltage?
b. What will be the current in the second ary?
c. \(\frac { Secondary power }{ Primary power }\) =
Answer:
a. P = Vp × Ip
500 W = Vp × 1A, Vp = 500 V
b. Is = \(\frac { Ip × Vp }{ Vs }\) = \(\frac { 1 × 500 }{ 100 }\) = 5A
c. Primary and secondary powers are equal
\(\frac { Secondary power }{ Primary power }\) = 1

Question 14.
Power Station A :
Potential energy → Kinetic energy → Mechanical energy → Electrical energy.
Power Station B :
Chemical energy → Heat energy → Mechanical energy → Electrical energy.
Power Station C :
Nuclear energy → Heat energy → Mechanical energy → Electrical energy.
a. Identify the above power stations A, B, and C based on the energy change taking place in them.
b. Write down the merits and demerits of the power stations A, B, and C.
c. Name other three energy sources that can be used instead of these.
Answer:
a. A- Hydroelectric power station.
B- Thermal power station.
C- Nuclear power station.

b.1. Merits: No pollution, Energy of waterfall is used.
Demerits: Deforestation, Extinction of rare species of flora and fauna.

2. Merits: less area needed, danger possibility is less.
Demerits: Pollution, High consumption of fossil fuels.

3. Merits: Energy production on large scale, Less area needed.
Demerits: Pollution, Problems of radiation.

c. (1) Solar energy.
(2) Tidal energy.
(3) Windmills.

Question 15.
Names of power stations and statements related to them are given below in two groups. Match them suitably.
A. (1) Uses the energy of water stored at a height.
(2) Uses the heat generated by the burning of fuels.
(3) Uses nuclear energy.
B. (a) Pallivasal Power Station.
(b) Ramagundam Power Station.
(c) Kalpaklcam Power Station.
Answer:
a – 1,
b – 2,
c – 3.

Question 16.
Different stages of power production and transmission are given. Arrange them in the proper sequence.
a. Distribution transformer reduces the voltage from 11 kV to 230 V.
b. Voltage is reduced from 220 kV to 66 \ kV to supply electricity to large scale industries.
c. Turbine is rotated to operate the generator.
d. Transmission of electricity from the Power Station starts at 220 kV.
e. Electricity is produced at 11 kV.
f. Domestic consumers get electricity.
Answer:
c,
e,
d,
b,
a,
f.

Question 17.
Different stages of power transmission and distribution are given in a flow chart.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 57
i. Choose the suitable terms from the bracket given below and arrange them in the given boxes in the correct order. (Power generator, substation, power transformer, star connection, distribution transformer, household connection, power grid)
ii. What do you mean by power grid? Give two advantages of power grid.
Answer:
i.
a. Power generator.
b. Power transformer.
c. Substation.
d. distribution transformer.
e. Star connection.
f. household connection.
ii. Power grid is the network that connects different power generating center and distribution systems to one another. Due to this arrangement, if any defect occurs either at the generator or transmission lines, electricity can be taken from any other power generating center through another set of transmission lines.

Question 18.
We use 230 V for our household purpose.
But the power produced at 11 kV is transmitted to distant places after increasing the voltage.
a. Why is electricity transmitted to distant places at high voltage?
b. Write down one disadvantage of transmitting electricity at high voltage.
c. What are the use of substations? Which type of transformer is used here?
Answer:
a. To reduce energy loss in the form of heat high voltage is used for long-distance transmission.
b. Transmission through populated areas is difficult. Transmission lines must be at a great height to ensure safety.
c. To reduce high transmission line voltage as and when required. Step down transformers are used for this purpose.

Question 19.
Power stations are centers where electricity is produced and distributed on a large scale.
a. What is the voltage of power production in our country?
b. Calculate the current if the power produced here in 11 MW.
Answer:
a. 11kV
b. p = VI
I = \(\frac { P }{ V }\) = \(\frac { 11 MV }{ 11 kV }\)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 58

Question 20.
Identify the relation and fill up the blank.
Step up transformer: power transformer
Step down transformer:
Answer:
Distribution transformer.

Question 21.
Given diagram shows the star connection drawn by a child in his science diary.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 59
a Can you draw a neutral line from the diagram? Why?
b.Draw the correct diagram of star connection.
Answer:
a. No: Three-phase lines do not meet at a single point.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 60
Question 22.
Identical five bulbs of 230V and 40W are connected using star connection in the diagram given below.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 61
a. What do you call the point N which is earthed in the circuit?
b. State the voltage differences between two phases and between a phase and neutral line in a star connection.
c. Which of the connected bulbs will glow? Why?
d. Two houses have electric connection from the same distribution transformer, but unfortunately one of the houses suffers power failure frequently; Explain it on the basis of household distribution.
Answer:
a. Neutral point.
b. 400 V in between two phases.
230 V in between a phase and neutral.
c. B4 glows because it is connected between the lines phase and neutral B, and B2 glows with low brightness. Each bulb gets 200 V as it is connected in series with 400 V.
d. Three phases in a transformer have separate fuses. So power supply problem in a line need not affect the other phases.

Question 23.
Examine the given circuits and answer the questions.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 62
a. Identify series and parallel connection from the given circuits,
b. Parallel mode of connected devices is advisable for household electrification? Why?
Answer:
a. Figure A in series connection.
Figure B in parallel connection.
b. If the appliances are connected in parallel it will help to control each appliance with separate switches. It gives the needed voltage and current to appliances.

Question 24.
Four 60W, 230V bulbs are connected between a phase and a neutral as shown in the diagram. (Line voltage is 230 V)
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 63
a. How are the bulbs B, and B, are connected? What about B1 and B2?
b. Which bulb will glow at 60W power?
c. Which bulbs will glow with low power? Why?
d. Which bulbs in the circuit can be controlled using separate switches.
Answer:
a. B, and B, in series B1 and B2 in parallel.
b. B, and B2.
c. B3 and B4 because each bulb gets less voltage as they are in series. So the bulb’s intensity will be less.
d. B1 and B2.

Question 25.
A flowchart of art household wiring is given in the diagram below. Fix the suitable devices in the space provided by picking from the given list.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 64
(ELCB, MCB, Main switch, Watt-hour meter, Three-pin plug)
Answer:
(A) Main switch.
(B) ELCB.
(C) MCB.
(D) Three-pin plug.

Question 26.
We know that earth is an electron bank and that it has zero potential. But quite often we get electric shock from computer despite proper earthing.
a. Can electric shock from electric devices be avoided by earthing alone?
b. Proper earthing will give us safety from electric shock. What is meant by proper earthing? How can the earthing arrangement by done properly to ensure safety?
Answer:
a. No
b. Earth wire should carry all charge from the metal body of an electrical device to the earth effectively.

  • Wire of suitable thickness must be used.
  • Pits must be prepared to ensure effective earthing.
  • Metal plates having large area as in plate earthing can be used.

Question 27.
Examine the diagram.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 65
a. How would you connect the wires A, B and C from the electric iron to the wires of three-pin top correctly?
b.What is your response to the opinion that two pin top can be used instead of three-pin top in an electric iron?
Answer:
a. X wire is to be connected’ to earth pin. So connection should be made to be B. A and C must be connected to the wires Y and Z respectively.
b. Do not agree.
Insulation damage will carry electricity to the metallic part of electric iron. If one touches the metallic part he will get a electric shock. If the metallic part is earthed the charge will flow to the earth through the less resistance path.

Due to low resistance path the electric flow increases and the fuse burns out, thus safety is ensured or Agree. Special techniques are employed in new type iron boxes for avoiding shocks. Two pins shall be used only in such type appliances.

Question 28.
Which is the electric line to be connected to the point marked E in the diagram?
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 66
Answer:
The pin marked E must be connected to the earth line.

Question 29.
A bulb of 60W in a classroom remains switched on for a long time from 9 am to 5 pm due to the negligence of students in the class.
a. Calculate in joule the electric energy consumed by the bulb?
b. If similar negligence had happened in 3 classrooms, how many units of electric energy would have been wasted?
c. List out the different ways that can be adopted to save energy.
Answer:
a. Energy consumed =
= 60 x 8 x 60 x 60
= 1,728,000 J = 1728 KJ

b. Energy loss = \(\frac { 60 × 8 × 3 }{ 1000 }\) = 2.4 unit.

c.i. Avoid unnecessary use of lights and bulbs.
ii. Promote maximum use of natural light and wind.
iii. Use energy-efficient electrical appliances.
iv. Promote use of LED bulbs instead of filament lamps and CFL.

Question 30.
In a house 5 CF lamps each of 24 W work for a period of 5 hours and fans of 80W work for 5 hours.
a. What will be the electric consumption in kWh for a month?
b. Calculate the bill amount for one month by collecting the rate from the given table.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 67
c. Find out the change in the monthly bill amount if CF lamps are replaced by LED lamps of 3W.
Answer:
a. One month’s consumption of energy by CFL
= \(\frac { 24 × 5 × 5 }{ 1000 }\) × 30 = 18 Unit
One month’s consumption of energy by
= \(\frac { 80 × 5 × 5 }{ 1000 }\) × 30 = 24 Unit
One month’s total consumtion of energy
= 18 + 24 = 42 Unit.
One months total bill amount
= 2.80 × 42 = Rs.118
c. One month’s total energy consumption by LED
= \(\frac { 3 × 5 × 5 }{ 1000 }\) × 30 = 2.25 Unit
2.25 + 24 = 26.25 Unit
One months bill amount
= 26.25 × 1.50
=Rs. 39.375 ≈ 40
Difference in bill amount
= 118 – 40 = 78

Electro Magnetic Induction Exam Oriented Questions and Answers

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 1)

Question 1.
Instead of permanent magnets, electromagnets are used as field magnets in power generators. Find out reasons from the following and write them down.
a. The strength of permanent magnets goes on decreasing.
b. The strength of electromagnets goes on decreasing.
c. Electromagnets can retain the required magnetic strength.
Answer:
a & c

Question 2.
Using the relation from the first pair, complete the other.
AC generator: slip rings
DC generator:
Answer:
Split rings.

Question 3.
Find the odd one in the group and write the reason.
[Voice coil, permanent magnet, slip rings, diaphragm]
Answer:
Slip rings. Others are parts of microphone.

Question 4.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 68
Name the type of transformer.
Answer:
Step-up transformer.

Question 5.
What is the basic principle of working of a transformer?
Answer:
Mutual induction

Question 6.
A solenoid is connected to a galvanometer. A magnet is moved into and out of the solenoid frequently.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 69
Which of the following will be most similar to the time emf graph of the electricity available from the solenoid.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 70
Answer:
Figure 1

Question 7.
Using the relation from the first pair, complete the other.
AC generator: armature.
Moving coil galvanometer:
Answer:
Voice coil

Question 8.
Name the solenoid which is used to control emf.
Answer:
Inductor.

Question 9.
What is the number of turns 6f a secondary coil of a step-down transformer compared to primary?
(increasing, decreasing, doesn’t change)
Answer:
Increasing.

Question 10.
Which is used as rotor in the power generators?
Answer:
Field magnet.

Question 11.
Name the network which is connected in different power generating centers and distribution systems.
Answer:
Grid.

Question 12.
Using the relation from the first pair, complete the other.
Moolamattom – Hydroelectric power station
Kota –
Answer:
Nuclear power station

Question 13.
Find the odd one in the group and write the reason.
[Nuclear energy, Thermal energy, Kinetic energy, Electrical energy]
Answer:
Kinetic energy. Others are energy changes related to nuclear power stations.

Question 14.
What is the potential of the point where all the 3 phase lines are connected together?
Answer:
Zero potential.

Question 15.
What is the voltage of electricity supplied for domestic consumption?
a. 400 V
b. 250V
c. 230V
d. 50V
Answer:
230V

Question 16.
Using the relation from the first pair, complete the other.
Armature – Stator
Field magnet –
Answer:
Rotor.

Question 17.
The following diagram shows a three-pin Plug.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 71
To which line is the fuse connected.
Answer:
The fuse is connected to the phase line.

Question 18.
In a household electric circuit. Where is the MCB (Miniature Circuit Breaker) connected?
Answer:
MCB is connected to the main fuse board.

Question 19.
Using the relation from the first pair, complete the other.
Hydroelectric power station flowing water Thermal power station –
Answer:
Steam at high pressure and temperature.

Question 20.
From given below, which device is used to measure electrical energy.
a. Transformer.
b. Watt-hour meter.
c. Three-pin plug.
d. Generator.
Answer:
b. Watt-hour meter.

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 2)

Question 21.
The figure shows a conductor PQ situated in a magnetic field, connected to circuit.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 72
a. If the conductor is moved in the direction A, what is the direction of induced current?
b. State the rule used to find out the direction of induced current.
Answer:
a. from Q to P
b. Fleming’s right-hand rule. It states that hold the thumb, forefinger and middle finger of the right hand in mutually perpendicular direction, forefinger represents the direction of the magnetic field, middle finger represents the direction of current and thumb finger represents the direction of motion of the conductor.”

Question 22.
There are 10000 turns in the primary and 500 turns in the secondary of a transformer. The primary voltage is 240V and intensity of current in the primary is 0.1 A. Find the intensity of current if the secondary voltage is 12V?
Answer:
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 73

Question 23.
Match the following suitably.

InductorSlip rings
DC generatorSelf Induction
TransformerSplit rings
AC GeneratorMutual Induction

Answer:

Inductor

Self Induction

DC generatorSplit rings
TransformerMutual Induction
AC GeneratorSlip rings

Question 24.
Arun decided to construct a transformer to change 240V to 12V.
a. Where does it need more number of turns in the primary or in the secondary?
b. Find the number of turns in the primary if 200 turns are used in the secondary.
Answer:
a. More number of turns are used in the primary.
B. \(\frac { Vs }{ Vp }\) = \(\frac { Ns }{ Np }\),
Vp = 240 V,
Ns = 200,
Vs = 12 V
Np = \(\frac { Vp × Ns }{ Ns }\)
= \(\frac { 240 × 200 }{ 12 }\)
= 4000 Turns

Question 25.
Back e.m.f reduces the effective, voltage in the circuit. What is your opinion about this statement? Substantiate.
Answer:
When an AC passes through a solenoid, a changing magnetic field is generated around it. Due to this, an induced emf is generated inside the solenoid. This induced emf is in a direction opposite to the emf applied on the coil. Hence this is called back emf. Back e.m.f reduces the effective voltage in the circuit.

Question 26.
Arrange the following in given order.
Distribution transformer → Power generator → Substation → Power transformer
Answer:
Power generator → Power transformer → Substation → Distribution transformer.

Question 27.
In a household electric circuit
a. Where is the MCB (Miniature Circuit Breaker) connected?
b. What is the function of ELCB (Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker)
Answer:
a. MCB is connected to the main fuse board.
b. Prevents loss of. electricity through the circuits.

Question 28.
Write the voltages of the labeled parts a, b, c and d
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 74
Answer:
a. 11 KV
b. 220 KV
c. 11 KV
d. 230 V

Question 29.
Given is a schematic diagram of a household circuit which includes bulbs and a three-pin socket.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 75
i. What does the dotted line represent?
ii. Which three parts are marked wrong in the diagram?
iii. Suggest methods to correct this.
Answer:
i. Earth line.
ii. 1. fuse is connected to the neutral
2. The switches S1 and S2 are connected to the neutral.
3. Three-pin socket is connected to the earth.

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 3)

Question 30.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 76
Identify the device shown in the figure.

b. Suggest two methods to increase the emf obtained when such device work.
Answer:
a. ac generator
b. Increase the number of turns in the coil Use high strength magnets. Increase the speed of the motion of magnet.

Question 31.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 77
a. Where is thick wire used in the primary or secondary?
b. Find the number of turns in the primary if there are 50 turns in the secondary coil?
Answer:
a. Secondary coil.
b. \(\frac { Vs }{ Vp }\) = \(\frac { Ns }{ Np }\)
Primary Voltage Vp = 100 V
Secondary Voltage Vs = 10 V
No. of turns in the secondary (Ns) = 50
= \(\frac { 10s }{ 100p }\) = \(\frac { 50 }{ Np }\)
Np = \(\frac { Vp × Ns }{ Vs }\)
= \(\frac { 100 × 50 }{ 10 }\)
= 500 turns

Question 32.
Secondary coil is arranged near the primary coil both made up of insulated copper wire without touching on an iron core. A bulb is connected in the secondary coil. When an A.C was given in the primary it is found that the bulb glows.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 78
i. How is current reached into the secondary coil from the primary even though they do not touch?
ii. Name the phenomenon.
Answer:
i. When an A.C flows through the primary coil a changing magnetic field is produced in it. This magnetic field induces a current in the secondary coil. So bulb in the secondary coil glows.,

ii. Mutual induction.

Question 33.
i. Which part produces magnetic field for the working of a generator?
ii. What is the function of the armature coil in the generator?
iii. Which parts in the A.C generator helps to reach current in the external circuit from the moving armature?
Answer:
i. Field magnet
ii. The armature coil cuts the magnetic flux lines and an induced emf is produced in the armature coil.
iii.Brushes and slip rings.

Question 34.
Convert 1 Kilowatt-hour of electric energy into Joules.
Answer:
1k Wh = 1000W × 1 hr
= 1000 W × 60 × 60 s = 3600000 Ws
= 3600000 J

Question 35.

Powerhouse

Class

Source of energy

Moolamatam(a)water from dams
Pallivasal(b)(c)
Kayamkulam(d)Naphtha
Neyveli(e)(0

Answer:
a. Hydroelectric power station.
b. Hydroelectric power station.
c. Water from dams.
d. Thermal power station.
e. Thermal power station.
f. Lignite.

Question 36.
Answer the following questions related to a three-pin plug.
a. How is the earth pin different from other pins?
b. In which of the three connecting wires should a switch be connected?
Answer:
a. The length and thickness of the earth pin is more than that of other pins. Since the length is more, when the three-pin is introduced into the socket, the earth pin comes into contact with the circuit first.
b. Phase wire.

Question 37.
a. Some energy sources are given below.
From them find out which source produces green energy.
i. Energy from fossil fuel.
ii. Nuclear energy.
iii.Solar energy.
iv.Energy from wind.
b. Write any two applications of green energy at the time of making of a house.
Answer:
a. Solar energy, Energy from wind
b. Avoid solar panels.
Use biogas plants.

Question 38.
In a household, there are 4 CFL’s of 15W each working for 5 hrs a day, 2 fans of 60W working for 5 hrs daily, 500W iron box working for 15 minutes a day. How many units of electricity is used in this house. What is the cost of electricity costing Rs.3 per unit?
Answer:
CFL Power =15 × 4 = 60 W,
time = 5hrs.
Fan Power = 60 × 2 = 120 W,
time = 5 hrs.
Iron box Power = 500 W,
time = 15 min = 1/4 hrs .
Energy in k Wh = (\(\frac { Power used in house }{ 1000 }\) ) × time
= 1.025
Electricity used per day= 1.025 kWh
Electricity used per month = 1.025 × 30
= 30.75 kWh
Cost of electricity at Rs.3 per unit = 30.75 × 3
= Rs.92.25

Very Short Answer Type Questions (Score 4)

Question 39.
i. What is the basic principle of working of a transformer?
ii. Write the function of a step up and a step-down transformer.
iii.Transformers work only in AC. They do not work in DC. why?
Answer:
i. Mutual induction
ii. A step-up transformer raises AC voltage. A step-down transformer decreases AC voltage.
iii. The direction of current flow is changed in AC. When AC flows through the primary, current is induced in the secondary due to mutual induction. There is no mutual induction in DC as its direction does not change. So a transformer cannot work in DC.

Question 40.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 79
a. Write the observation when the switch is kept on and off continuously.
b. What can we do for getting light continuously?
c. Explain the process.
Answer:
a. Bulb will light only alternatively. When switch is in the ON position bulb will not light.
b. When an AC current is given in primary the primary coil its primary coil its magnetic flux around will continuously change and electricity is induced in the secondary coil.
c. Mutual Induction
If two coils are set apart and the electric current through one of the coil changes by its intensity or direction, the magnetic flux around it changes and an electricity is induced in the second coil. This phenomenon is called Mutual Induction.

Question 41.
An experiment is performed using a magnet and a coil of wire as shown in the figure.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 80
a. From the following activities, find out the instants in which the galvanometer deflects.
i. The magnet is placed at rest inside the solenoid.
ii. Magnet is quickly inserted into the solenoid.
iii. The magnet is placed in the solenoid and then solenoid and the magnet are moved with the same speed in the same direction.
iv. The magnet is placed within the solenoid and the solenoid alone is moved to one side.
b.Write down the principle of the above observations.
Answer:
a. (ii) and (iv).
b. Electromagnetic induction.

Question 42.
Given below are the readings obtained from a transformer.
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 81
a. What type of transformer is this?
b. What is the principle of a transformer?
c. If power loss occurs, how much is it?
Answer:
a. Step-up transformer
b. Electromagnetic Induction
c. Power in the primary P = VI
= 150 × 1 = 150 W
Power in the secondary = VI
= 1000 × 1/10 = 100 W
Power loss = 150 – 100
= 50 W

Question 43.
a. A transformer working on a 240V AC supplies 12 V. The number of turns in the primary coil is 1000. Calculate the number of turns in the secondary coil.
b. In this transformer thick wire is used in which coil primary or secondary and what is the reason for it?
Answer:
a. \(\frac { Vs }{ Vp }\) = \(\frac { Ns }{ Np }\)
Vs × Vp = Ns × Np
Vs = 12 V
Np = 1000
Vp = 240 V
Ns = Vs × \(\frac { Vs }{ Vp }\)
= 12 V × \(\frac { 1000 }{ 240 V }\)
= 50 turns
b. For maintaining same power.
Power = Voltage × Current Therefore if voltage is lower, thickness of the coil must be increased. Therefore thick wire is used in the secondary coil.

Question 44.
Kuttiadi, Kayamkulam, Kaiga, Kalpakkam, Mooiamattom
Some power stations in India shown in above.
a. Tabulate the above power stations according to the energy changes.
b. How does the electricity produced from Moolamattam power station?
c. Industrially electricity produced in the form of a.c. Why?
Answer:
a.

Hydroelectric power station

Thermal power station

Nuclear  power station

Kuttiadi

Mooiamattom

KayamkulamKaiga

Kalpakkam

b.Water stored at a height is allowed to flow down a penstock pipe. The energy of flowing water is used to rotate the turbine and generate electricity.
c. It helps the transformer for rising and decreasing voltage.

Memory Map

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 82

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 83

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 84

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Physics Solutions Chapter 3 Electro Magnetic Induction image 85

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard History Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness Solutions

Students can Download Social Science Part 1 Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness Questions and Answers, Summary, Notes Pdf, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala State Syllabus Class 10th Standard Social Science History Chapter 10 Notes Malayalam Medium പൗരബോധം

Civic Consciousness Textbook Questions and Answers in Malayalam

Civic Consciousness Class 10 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 3
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Notes

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 5
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 6
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 7
Class 10 Kerala Syllabus Social Science Notes

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 9
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 10
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 11
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Notes Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 13
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 14
Civic Consciousness Class 10 Notes
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 16
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 17

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 18
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 19
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 20
Social Science Textbook Class 10 State Syllabus
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 22

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 23
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 24
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 25
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 27

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 28
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 10 Civic Consciousness in Malayalam 30

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Goegraphy Notes Malayalam Medium Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India Solutions

Students can Download Social Science Part 2 Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India Questions and Answers, Summary, Notes Pdf, Activity in Malayalam Medium, Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions helps you to revise the complete Kerala State Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala State Syllabus Class 10th Standard Social Science Geography Chapter 8 Notes Malayalam Medium റിസോഴ്സ് വെൽത്ത് ഓഫ് ഇന്ത്യയുടെ

Resource Wealth of India Textbook Questions and Answers in Malayalam

Hsslive Guru 10th Social Science Malayalam Medium

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 2
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 3
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Textbooks Solutions
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 5

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 6
Hsslive 10th Social Science
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 8
Hsslive Social Science 8th

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 10
10th Class Social Science Notes Malayalam Medium
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 12
Hsslive Guru 8 Social Science
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 14

Hsslive Social Science 10th
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 16
Hsslive Guru 10th Social Science
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 18
Hsslive Class 8 Social Science

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 20
Sslc History Chapter 8 Notes Malayalam Medium
10th Social Science Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium
Hsslive Guru 10th Social Science Notes

Hsslive Guru 10th Social Science
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Notes Malayalam Medium
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 26
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 27
Hsslive Class 10 Social Science

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 29
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 30
10th Social Science Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium Chapter 8
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 32
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 33

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 34
Sslc Geography Chapter 8 Notes Pdf Malayalam Medium
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 36
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 37
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 38

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 39
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 40
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 41
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 42
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 43

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 44
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 45
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 46
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 47
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 48

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 49
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 50
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 51
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 52
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 53

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 54
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 55
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 56
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 57
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 58

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 59
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 60
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 61
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 62
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 63

Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 64
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 65
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 66
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 67
Kerala Syllabus 10th Standard Social Science Solutions Chapter 8 Resource Wealth of India in Malayalam 68

Medieval India: Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration Notes | Class 9 History Chapter 4 Notes Kerala Syllabus

You can Download Medieval India: Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration Questions and Answers, Summary, Activity, Notes, Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Solutions Part 1 Chapter 4 help you to revise complete Syllabus and score more marks in your examinations.

Kerala State Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Part 1 Chapter 4 Medieval India: Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration Questions and Answers

SSLC History Chapter 4 Notes

Medieval India Concept Of Kingship And Nature Of Administration 9th Question 1.
Discuss the characteristics of the sultanate administration based on the indicators given below.
1. Central administration
2. Local administration
3.Law of succession
4. Military administration
Answer:
Central administration:
The Sultanas implemented centralized rule in the administrative system. Let’s examine its important features.

  • The influence of Turkish tradition
  • The Sultan was the head of administration, military, and judiciary.
  • There were different ministers and officers to assist the king in administration.
  • An exact law of succession was absent.
  • The leadership of the Caliphate of Baghdad was accepted.
  • A strong army was maintained to defend the country from the threat of invasions and for the expansion of the empire.
  • The vast country was divided into different regions for the convenience of administration.
  • Regional laws prevailed at the village level.

Local Administration:

  • For the convenience of administration, the empire was divided into provisions, shiqs, Parganas, and villages.
  • Separate officers were appointed for each division. Their authority was not hereditary. The maintenance law and order, judicial administration, collection of taxes and organization of the army were the chief duties of these officers.
  • They were under the direct control of the Sultan. But the Sultan did not directly intervene in the administration of the villages.

Low of succession:

  • Sultan’s authority was not hereditary.
  • The position of local officers was also not hereditary.

Military administration:

  • Sultan was the head of the military force. The country was divided into different parts and these were entrusted with the nobles who were also the military commanders. These divisions were known as ‘Iqtas’ and their holders were known in different names as Iqtadar, Muqti, and Wali.
  • The revenue collection and judicial administration of these divisions were the main duties of these Iqtadars.
  • They were also duty-bound to maintain an army of their own.

Medieval India Concept Of Kingship And Nature Of Administration Notes 9th Question 2.
Examine the role of the market reforms in strengthening the military power during the Sultanate period.
Answer:
The Sultanate rule of Delhi was based on the strength of the army. The Sultans always paid attention to maintain a well-equipped army. Market regulation of Alauddin Khalji was a reform implemented with the intention of maintaining a large army with less expenditure. It was necessary to control the prices of essential commodities to reduce the military expenditure. As part of this, the government fixed the prices of essential commodities.

Hence the merchants were forced to sell their products at the fixed price. Black marketers and hoarders were strictly punished. The weights and measures were unified. The government established granaries to store the grains bought from the peasants. The corns were distributed during the time of famines at a moderate price. As a result, the soldiers were able to purchase commodities at a moderate price. Hence there was no need to pay them high salaries. Through these acts, the Sultan curtailed the military expenditure and the amount thus saved was utilized to enhance the strength of the army.

Medieval India Concept Of Kingship And Nature Of Administration Pdf 9th Question 3.
Prepare a note by discussing the common features of the Sultanate and the Mughal administrations.
Answer:
The features of the Mughal administration are pointed out below:

  • Divine Right of Kingship
  • The influence of Turkish and Mongal traditions.
  • Powers centralized in the king. Based on military power
  • Assistance of ministers and officials in the administration
  • Existence of local administration.

Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard History Notes Question 4.
Akbar became successful as a ruler, acceptable to all through his administrative measures. Substantiate.
Answer:
The Mughal administration attained strength during the time of Akbar. As a ruler, his aim was to win the support of all sections of people. The policies adopted by Akbar for the same are given below:

  • Adopted the title of Badsha-i-Hind (the Emperor of India)
  • To maintain religious harmony he formulated a new faith Earned Din-i-llahi by inculcating the ideas of all religions.
  • The Rajputs such as Raja Todarma, Birbal, Mansingh, etc. were appointed as high officials.
  • Akbar and his relatives married Rajput ladies.
  • The army was strengthened by including different sections.

9th Standard Social Science Notes Pdf Question 5.
To what extent Din-i-llahi formulated by Akbar was helpful in maintaining administrative stability and religious harmony? Analyze Up
Answer:
Akbarwanted to maintain peace, friendship and unity among different sections of people in his country. In order to have intellectual discourses, Akbar constructed the Ibadat Khana at his capital, Fatehpur Sikri. By inculcating the essence of all these discussions, he formulated the ideology of Din-i-llhai. It was a combination of ideas
and principles of different religions. He never compelled anyone to accept it. It did not have any rites, religious texts, places of worship or priests, except the joining function. Sulh-Kul or ‘Peace to alkl’ was its basic tenet.

Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Guide Question 6.
Mansabdari System was introduced to strengthen the authority of the emperor. Substantiate.
Answer:
The base of Mughal administration was a strong military system. Instead of the military strength, the emperors needed the support of the nobles and officials for the maintenance and expansion of the empire. For this, Akbar adopted the Manasbdari system. The term ‘Mansab’ denotes the rank or position of Mughal military officer. Those who held this position were called Mansabdars.

The position of the officers, their salary and military responsibilities were categorically determined through the Mansabdari system. The rank of a Mansabdar was determined by the number of horses and cavalrymen he maintained. There were more than 30 ranks in the army of Akbar, ranging from mansabdars of 10 horses to 10,000 horses. Each Mansab had 2 sub-divisions called the ‘Zat’ and the ‘Sawar’ ‘Zat’ fixes the rank and salary of a person in the army while ‘Sawar’ refers to the number of horses a Mansabdar had to maintain

Hss Live Guru 9th Social Science Question 7.
What are the similarities and dissimilarities between the Iqta system of the Sultanate period and the Jagiradari system of the Mughar period?
Answer:
Jagirdari system was introduced by Mughal emperors to make the administration more effective. It was a higher form of the Iqta system of the Sultanate period. The following table explains the similarities and dissimilarities between the two systems.

Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Notes Question 8.
Prepare a note comparing the village autonomy of the Cholas with that of the local self-government of present Kerala.
Answer:
For the sake of administration, the Chola kings divided the country into Mandalams, Valanadus, Nadus, and Kottams. A group of autonomous villages formed a Kottam. All the responsibilities and authorities relating to the administration of the villages were vested with the people of the villages. Two councils known as the Ur and the Sabha functioned for the purpose of village administration.

The people of the whole village was included in the Ur, whereas the Sabha was only a Council of the Brahmins. This system of administration has some similarities with the local self-government system of present Kerala. The center of authority in our system is Grama Sabha.

9th Standard Social Science Notes Question 9.
Prepare a note after comparing the portfolio of the Ashtapradhan council with that of the present-day ministers.
Answer:
The Maratha Administration:
You might be familiar the Maratha kingdom which ruled India in the 17th century. Like all other medieval Indian rulers, the Maraths king was also the supreme authority with powers over the legislature, executive, judiciary and military. Observe the diagram which shows the functions of the minister in the council called Ashtapradhan.
Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Solutions Part 1 Chapter 4 Medieval India Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration 1
If we observe the portfolio of the Ashtaparadhan Coun¬cil, we can understand that the present-day ministry also has all such portfolios.

9th Class Social Science Notes Question 10.
How did Maratha administration differ from the medieval administrative system? Discuss.
Answer:
The Maratha kingdom was divided into many parts for the convenience of administration. These divisions were provinces, districts (paranthas), Parganas and villages. The officers were directly appointed by the king. The country was further divided into two: ‘Swarajya’ and ‘Mogalai’. The Swarajya was the territories of the Marathas whereas the Mogalai was the regions annexed to the kingdom.

In addition to the land tax collected from the Maratha country (Swarajya) two kinds of taxes, Chauth and Sardeshmukhi, were collected form the annexed regions. During the medieval period, many fundamental changes occurred in the administrative system of The administrative system implemented by the medieval rulers influenced the later administrative systems considerably.

Social Notes For Class 9 State Syllabus Question 11.
Conduct a seminar on the various administrative systems that prevailed in medieval India.
Answer:
The features of various administrative systems that prevailed in medieval India are summarized as follows.
Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Solutions Part 1 Chapter 4 Medieval India Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration 2
Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Solutions Part 1 Chapter 4 Medieval India Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration 3

Let Us Assess

Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Social Science Notes English Medium Question 12.
What were the circumstances that prompted the Sultans of Delhi to establish a centralized system of administration in India?
Answer:
The influence of Turkish tradition, the desire for expanding kingdom, need for maintaining military force were the circumstances that prompted the sultans of Delhi to establish a centralized system of administration in India.

9th Standard Social Science Notes Pdf In English Question 13.
Evaluate the characteristics of the Mansabdari system introduced by Akbar.
Answer:
The base of Mughal administration was a strong military system. Instead of the military strength, the emperors needed the support of the nobles and officials for the maintenance and expansion of the empire. For this, Akbar adopted the Manasbdari system. The term ‘Mansab’ denotes the rank or position of Mughal military officer. Those who held this position wre called Mansabdars.

The position of the officers, their salary and military responsibilities were categorically determined through the Mansabdari system. The rank of a Mansabdar was determined by the number of horses and cavalrymen he maintained. There were more than 30 ranks in the army of Akbar, ranging from mansabdars of 10 horses to 10,000 horses. Each Mansab had 2 sub-divisions called the ‘Zat’ and the ‘Sawar’ ‘Zat’ fixes the rank and salary of a person in the army while ‘Sawar’ refers to the number of horses a Mansabdar had to maintain.

9th Class History Notes Kerala Syllabus Question 14.
Match column ‘B’ with ‘A’ and arrange the table properly.

AB
Mansabdari systemChola administration
Iqta SystemShivaji
Village autonomyKrishna Deva Raya
AshtapradhanSultanate rule
AmuktamalyadaAkar

Answer:

AB
Mansabdari systemAkar
Iqta SystemSultanate rule
Village autonomyChola administration
AshtapradhanShivaji
AmuktamalyadaKrishna Deva Raya

Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard Geography Question 15.
Prepare a note on the Naynkara and the Ayyagar systems introduced during the Vijayanagara period.
Answer:
The central administration of the Vijayanagara empire was called Nayankara system and the local administration was called the Ayyagar system. The features of both these systems are discussed below.
i) The Navankara system:
The king was the head of the central administration of the Vijayanagara Empire. There were ministers and royal officers to assist the king in administration. There was only a small army under the direct control of the king. The provincial governors maintained fixed number of soldiers of their own. They provided the service of the army to the king whenever necessary. As they were also military heads, the king awarded them with the title of ‘Nayak’ along with a specific area of land. This system that prevailed at the center was known as the Nayankara system.
ii) The Avvaaar System:
For the convenience of administration, the empire was divided into provinces, nadus, and villages. Village was the basic unit. The village assemblies functioned in the same way as it did during the period of the Cholas. The day-to-day administration of the village was done by the officers known as ‘Ayyagars’ who inherited the post. This administrative system was known as Ayyangar System. The position of Ayyagars in the village administration was equal to that of the Nayaks in the central administration.

History Notes Class 9 Kerala Syllabus Question 16.
Prepare a short not on the Ashtapradhan Council of the Maratha period.
Answer:
Maratha kingdom ruled in India in the 17th century. Maratha king was the supreme authority with powers over the legislature, executive, judiciary and military. Maratha’s ruler, Shivaji was assisted by the Ashtapradhan in his administration. Ashtapradhan was the council of ministers. Let us see the functions of ministers in the Ashtapradhan.

  • Peshwa – Prime Minister
  • Nyayadhyaksh – Chief Judicial officer
  • Amatya – Finance officer
  • Sachiv – Royal correspondence
  • Mantrin – Private secretary of the king
  • Pandila Rao – Religious and charitable activities
  • Sumant – Foreign affairs
  • Senapathy – Military

Medieval India: Concept of Kingship and Nature of Administration Model Questions and Answers

Kerala Syllabus 9th Std Social Science Notes Question 17.
Arrange the following in chronological order
1. Sayyid dynasty
2. Thuglaq dynasty
3. Lodi dynasty
4. Mamluk dynasty
5. Khalji dynasty
Answer:
1. Mamluk dynasty
2. Khalji dynasty
3. Thuglaq dynasty
4. Sayyid dynasty
5. Lodi dynasty

Kerala Syllabus 9th Standard History Question 18.
…………. was the capital of Sultanate.
Answer:
Delhi

9th Class Social Studies Notes State Syllabus Question 19.
Point out the important features of centralized rule implemented by the Sultans.
Answer:
The Sultanas implemented centralized rule in the administrative system. Let’s examine its important features.

  • The influence of Turkish tradition
  • The Sultan was the head of administration, military, and judiciary.
  • There were different ministers and officers to assist the king in administration.
  • An exact law of succession was absent.
  • The leadership of the Caliphate of Baghdad was accepted.
  • A strong army was maintained to defend the country from the threat of invasions and for the expansion of the empire.
  • The vast country was divided into different regions for the convenience of administration.
  • Regional laws prevailed at the village level.

Question 20.
What does the word ‘Sultanate’ refer to?
Answer:
The word Sultanate refers to the authority and suzerainty of one person over the others.

Question 21.
Complete the following:
1. Wazir – Revenue
2. Mamlik –
3. Chief sadr –
4. Divan-i-lasha –
Answer:
1. Wazir – Revenue
2. Mamlik – Military
3. Chief sadr – Judiciary
4. Divan-i-lasha – Royal correspondence

Question 22.
Construct a table showing local administrative divisions and their corresponding officers of the sultanate period.
Answer:

DivisionsOfficers
ProviceMuqtA/Vali
ShiqShiqdar
ParganaAmil
VillageMuqaddam

Question 23.
What were the duties of officers under Sultanate local administration?
Answer:

  • Maintenance of law and order
  • Judicial administration
  • Collection of taxes
  • Organisation of the army

Question 24.
Identify the main duties of Iqtadars
Answer:

  • Revenue collection
  • Judicial administration

Question 25.
Name the dynasties ruled the Vijayanagara empire.
Answer:

  • Sangama
  • Saluva
  • Tuluva
  • Aravidu

Question 26.
Mughal emperors of India were the successors ………. rulers
Answer:
Mongolian

Question 27.
Name the greatest ruler of the Mughal dynasty.
Answer:
Akbar

Question 28.
Prepare a note on the Mongal tradition.
Answer:
The foundation of Mongol tradition is in the concept that the king was selected for implementation the interests of the God. The Mongolian ruler Genghis Khan declared that he got the destiny of God through a revelation and hence he is following that path. The view that the king is the representative of God helped maintain the unquestioned authority of the king.

Question 29.
‘Akbarnama’was written by
Answer;
Abul Fazil

Question 30.
Who established the Mughal empire?
Answer;
Baburin 1526CE.

Question 31.
Observe the India map in page 58 of the textbook and identify the Subas of Akbar.
Answer:

  1. Kabul
  2. Lahore
  3. Multan
  4. Delhi
  5. Agra
  6. Ayodhya
  7. Allahabad
  8. Ajmir
  9. Gujarat
  10. Malwa
  11. Bihar
  12. Bengal
  13. Khanudesh
  14. Berar
  15. Ahammadnagar
  16. Orissa
  17. Kashmir
  18. Sindh

Question 32.
How was the rank of a Mansabdari determined?
Answer:
The rank of a Mansabdari was determined by the number of horses and cavalrymen he maintained.

Question 33.
Narrate the Naval supremacy of Chola kings
Answer:
The Chola kings organized a very strong army. They had the greatest naval power of that period. The Cholas extended their empire up to Malaysia, Indonesia, Ceylon, etc. The Bay of Bengal was known as the lake of the Cholas. All these achievements rural the naval supremacy of the Chola kings.

Question 34.
What has regulated the Chola administration?
Answer:
The Chola administration was regulated through Royal decrees.

Question 35.
Match the following.

AB
Chola administrationJagirdary stystem
Mughal administrationOlainayakam
Sultanate administrationSwarjaya
Maratha administrationMarket reforms

Answer:

AB
Chola administrationOlainayakam
Mughal administrationJagirdary stystem
Sultanate administrationMarket reforms
Maratha administrationSwarjaya

Question 36.
What as the most important feature of the Chola administration?
Answer:
Village autonomy

Question 37.
Identify the powers vested with the Sabha.
1. Receive land for the temples.
2. ……………
3. ……………
Answer:

  • Receive land for the temples
  • Collect tax by surveying land
  • Undertake public works for the welfare of the people
  • Keep accounts and records
  • Conduct judicial administration of the village.

Question 38.
Complete the following
9th Class Social Studies Notes State Syllabus
Answer:

  • Nayankara system
  • Ayyagas system

Question 39.
Match the following

AB
PeshwaFinance officer
AmatyaForeign Affairs
SumantRoyal correspondence
SachievPrime Minister

Answer:

AB
PeshwaPrime Minister
AmatyaFinance officer
SumantForeign Affairs
SachievRoyal correspondence